Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispintro/texinfo.tex @ 60261:dd9ce828300e
(Advising Functions): Don't imply one part of Emacs
should advise another part. Markup changes.
(Defining Advice): Move transitional para.
(Activation of Advice): Cleanup.
Explain if COMPILE is nil or negative.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 26 Feb 2005 23:49:49 +0000 |
parents | c22fbd2084b4 |
children | 23a17af379b1 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
41418 | 1 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. |
2 % | |
3 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. | |
4 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi | |
5 % | |
53451
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6 \def\texinfoversion{2003-12-30.09} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
7 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
8 % Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
9 % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
41418 | 10 % |
11 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or | |
12 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as | |
13 % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at | |
14 % your option) any later version. | |
15 % | |
16 % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be | |
17 % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty | |
18 % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU | |
19 % General Public License for more details. | |
20 % | |
21 % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
22 % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write | |
23 % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
24 % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
25 % | |
26 % In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. | |
27 % You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve | |
28 % what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! | |
29 % | |
30 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug | |
31 % reports; you can get the latest version from: | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
32 % ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
33 % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
34 % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
35 % (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org), |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
36 % and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
37 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
38 % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
39 % |
41418 | 40 % The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out |
41 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
42 % |
41418 | 43 % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a |
44 % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the | |
45 % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. | |
46 % | |
47 % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the | |
48 % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple | |
49 % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: | |
50 % tex foo.texi | |
51 % texindex foo.?? | |
52 % tex foo.texi | |
53 % tex foo.texi | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
54 % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
55 % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. |
41418 | 56 % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more |
57 % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. | |
58 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
59 % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
60 % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
61 % full Texinfo distribution. |
41418 | 62 |
63 \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} | |
64 | |
65 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number | |
66 % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because | |
67 % they might have appeared in the input file name. | |
68 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% | |
69 \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} | |
70 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
71 \message{Basics,} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
72 \chardef\other=12 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
73 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
74 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
75 % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
76 \let\+ = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
77 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
78 % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. |
41418 | 79 \let\ptexb=\b |
80 \let\ptexbullet=\bullet | |
81 \let\ptexc=\c | |
82 \let\ptexcomma=\, | |
83 \let\ptexdot=\. | |
84 \let\ptexdots=\dots | |
85 \let\ptexend=\end | |
86 \let\ptexequiv=\equiv | |
87 \let\ptexexclam=\! | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
88 \let\ptexgtr=> |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
89 \let\ptexhat=^ |
41418 | 90 \let\ptexi=\i |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
91 \let\ptexindent=\indent |
41418 | 92 \let\ptexlbrace=\{ |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
93 \let\ptexless=< |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
94 \let\ptexplus=+ |
41418 | 95 \let\ptexrbrace=\} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
96 \let\ptexslash=\/ |
41418 | 97 \let\ptexstar=\* |
98 \let\ptext=\t | |
99 | |
100 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it | |
101 % starts a new line in the output. | |
102 \newlinechar = `^^J | |
103 | |
104 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. | |
105 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi | |
106 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi | |
107 \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi | |
108 \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi | |
109 \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi | |
110 \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi | |
111 \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi | |
112 \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi | |
113 \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi | |
114 \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi | |
115 \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi | |
116 \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi | |
117 \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi | |
118 \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi | |
119 \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi | |
120 \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi | |
121 \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi | |
122 \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi | |
123 \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi | |
124 % | |
125 \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi | |
126 \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi | |
127 \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi | |
128 \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi | |
129 \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi | |
130 \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi | |
131 \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi | |
132 \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi | |
133 \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi | |
134 \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi | |
135 \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi | |
136 \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi | |
137 % | |
138 \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi | |
139 \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi | |
140 \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi | |
141 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi | |
142 \ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi | |
143 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi | |
144 \ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi | |
145 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
146 % In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
147 % in some cases the escape char. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
148 \chardef\colonChar = `\: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
149 \chardef\commaChar = `\, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
150 \chardef\dotChar = `\. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
151 \chardef\equalChar = `\= |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
152 \chardef\exclamChar= `\! |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
153 \chardef\questChar = `\? |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
154 \chardef\semiChar = `\; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
155 \chardef\spaceChar = `\ % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
156 \chardef\underChar = `\_ |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
157 |
41418 | 158 % Ignore a token. |
159 % | |
160 \def\gobble#1{} | |
161 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
162 % True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
163 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
164 \def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
165 \def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
166 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
167 % Hyphenation fixes. |
41418 | 168 \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
169 \hyphenation{eshell} |
41418 | 170 \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
171 \hyphenation{time-stamp} |
41418 | 172 \hyphenation{white-space} |
173 | |
174 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
175 \newdimen\bindingoffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
176 \newdimen\normaloffset |
41418 | 177 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight |
178 | |
179 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file | |
180 % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
181 % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
182 % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
183 % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. |
41418 | 184 % |
185 \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
186 \def\loggingall{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
187 \tracingstats2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
188 \tracingpages1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
189 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
190 \tracingparagraphs1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
191 \tracingoutput1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
192 \tracingmacros2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
193 \tracingrestores1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
194 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
195 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
196 \tracingscantokens1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
197 \tracingifs1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
198 \tracinggroups1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
199 \tracingnesting2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
200 \tracingassigns1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
201 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
202 \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
203 \errorcontextlines\maxdimen |
41418 | 204 }% |
205 | |
206 % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing | |
207 % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
208 % |
41418 | 209 \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount |
210 \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} | |
211 \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount | |
212 \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} | |
213 \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount | |
214 \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} | |
215 | |
216 % For @cropmarks command. | |
217 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. | |
218 % | |
219 \newif\ifcropmarks | |
220 \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue | |
221 % | |
222 % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. | |
223 % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 | |
224 % | |
225 \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines | |
226 \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc | |
227 \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt | |
228 \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in | |
229 | |
230 % Main output routine. | |
231 \chardef\PAGE = 255 | |
232 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} | |
233 | |
234 \newbox\headlinebox | |
235 \newbox\footlinebox | |
236 | |
237 % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents | |
238 % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. | |
239 \def\onepageout#1{% | |
240 \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi | |
241 % | |
242 \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset | |
243 \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi | |
244 % | |
245 % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in | |
246 % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). | |
247 \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% | |
248 \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% | |
249 % | |
250 {% | |
251 % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to | |
252 % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends | |
253 % before the \shipout runs. | |
254 % | |
255 \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. | |
256 \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. | |
257 \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if | |
258 % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. | |
259 \shipout\vbox{% | |
260 % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. | |
261 \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi | |
262 % | |
263 \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup | |
264 \hsize = \outerhsize | |
265 \vskip-\topandbottommargin | |
266 \vtop to0pt{% | |
267 \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% | |
268 \nointerlineskip | |
269 \line{% | |
270 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% | |
271 \hfill | |
272 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% | |
273 }% | |
274 \vss}% | |
275 \vskip\topandbottommargin | |
276 \line\bgroup | |
277 \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. | |
278 \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi | |
279 \vbox\bgroup | |
280 \fi | |
281 % | |
282 \unvbox\headlinebox | |
283 \pagebody{#1}% | |
284 \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt | |
285 % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. | |
286 % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) | |
287 % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. | |
288 \vskip 2\baselineskip | |
289 \unvbox\footlinebox | |
290 \fi | |
291 % | |
292 \ifcropmarks | |
293 \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup | |
294 \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup | |
295 \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill | |
296 \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick | |
297 \vbox to0pt{\vss | |
298 \line{% | |
299 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% | |
300 \hfill | |
301 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% | |
302 }% | |
303 \nointerlineskip | |
304 \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% | |
305 }% | |
306 \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause | |
307 \fi | |
308 }% end of \shipout\vbox | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
309 }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive |
41418 | 310 \advancepageno |
311 \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi | |
312 } | |
313 | |
314 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen | |
315 | |
316 \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} | |
317 {\catcode`\@ =11 | |
318 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi | |
319 % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) | |
320 \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present | |
321 \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi | |
322 \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 | |
323 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi | |
324 \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} | |
325 } | |
326 | |
327 % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are | |
328 % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize | |
329 % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) | |
330 % | |
331 \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} | |
332 \def\nstop{\vbox | |
333 {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} | |
334 \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} | |
335 \def\nsbot{\vbox | |
336 {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} | |
337 | |
338 % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of | |
339 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a | |
340 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. | |
341 % | |
342 \def\parsearg#1{% | |
343 \let\next = #1% | |
344 \begingroup | |
345 \obeylines | |
346 \futurelet\temp\parseargx | |
347 } | |
348 | |
349 % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or | |
350 % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. | |
351 \def\parseargx{% | |
352 % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. | |
353 \ifx\obeyedspace\temp | |
354 \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace | |
355 \else | |
356 \expandafter\parseargline | |
357 \fi | |
358 } | |
359 | |
360 % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). | |
361 {\obeyspaces % | |
362 \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} | |
363 | |
364 {\obeylines % | |
365 \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% | |
366 \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. | |
367 % | |
368 % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. | |
369 % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. | |
370 \argremovec #1\c\relax % | |
371 \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % | |
372 % | |
373 % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. | |
374 \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% | |
375 }% | |
376 } | |
377 | |
378 % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX | |
379 % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call | |
380 % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is | |
381 % just to delimit the argument to the \c. | |
382 \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} | |
383 \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} | |
384 | |
385 % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., | |
386 % @end itemize @c foo | |
387 % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the | |
388 % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the | |
389 % result to \toks0. | |
390 % | |
391 % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces | |
392 % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. | |
393 % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever | |
394 % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed | |
395 % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of | |
396 % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument | |
397 % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. | |
398 % | |
399 \def\removeactivespaces#1{% | |
400 \begingroup | |
401 \ignoreactivespaces | |
402 \edef\temp{#1}% | |
403 \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% | |
404 \endgroup | |
405 } | |
406 | |
407 % Change the active space to expand to nothing. | |
408 % | |
409 \begingroup | |
410 \obeyspaces | |
411 \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} | |
412 \endgroup | |
413 | |
414 | |
415 \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} | |
416 | |
417 %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away | |
418 %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) | |
419 \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} | |
420 \def\ENVcheck{% | |
421 \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} | |
422 \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage | |
423 | |
424 % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. | |
425 \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} | |
426 | |
427 \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} | |
428 | |
429 \def\beginxxx #1{% | |
430 \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax | |
431 {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else | |
432 \csname #1\endcsname\fi} | |
433 | |
434 % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. | |
435 % | |
436 \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} | |
437 \def\endxxx #1{% | |
438 \removeactivespaces{#1}% | |
439 \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% | |
440 % | |
441 \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax | |
442 \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax | |
443 % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. | |
444 \errhelp = \EMsimple | |
445 \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% | |
446 \else | |
447 \unmatchedenderror\endthing | |
448 \fi | |
449 \else | |
450 % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. | |
451 \csname E\endthing\endcsname | |
452 \fi | |
453 } | |
454 | |
455 % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. | |
456 % | |
457 \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% | |
458 \errhelp = \EMsimple | |
459 \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% | |
460 } | |
461 | |
462 % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. | |
463 % | |
464 \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% | |
465 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% | |
466 } | |
467 | |
468 | |
469 %% Simple single-character @ commands | |
470 | |
471 % @@ prints an @ | |
472 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). | |
473 \def\@{{\tt\char64}} | |
474 | |
475 % This is turned off because it was never documented | |
476 % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. | |
477 %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' | |
478 %% but suppressing ligatures. | |
479 %\def\`{{`}} | |
480 %\def\'{{'}} | |
481 | |
482 % Used to generate quoted braces. | |
483 \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} | |
484 \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} | |
485 \let\{=\mylbrace | |
486 \let\}=\myrbrace | |
487 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
488 % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
489 % and @{ and @} for the aux file. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
490 \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other |
41418 | 491 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
492 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
493 !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
494 !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
495 !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
496 !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
497 !endgroup |
41418 | 498 |
499 % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
500 % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. |
41418 | 501 \let\, = \c |
502 \let\dotaccent = \. | |
503 \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} | |
504 \let\tieaccent = \t | |
505 \let\ubaraccent = \b | |
506 \let\udotaccent = \d | |
507 | |
508 % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
509 % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. |
41418 | 510 \def\questiondown{?`} |
511 \def\exclamdown{!`} | |
512 | |
513 % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. | |
514 \def\imacro{i} | |
515 \def\jmacro{j} | |
516 \def\dotless#1{% | |
517 \def\temp{#1}% | |
518 \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi | |
519 \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j | |
520 \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% | |
521 \fi\fi | |
522 } | |
523 | |
524 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space | |
525 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space | |
526 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and | |
527 % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the | |
528 % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. | |
529 {\catcode`@ = 11 | |
530 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble | |
531 % if the definition is written into an index file. | |
532 \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M | |
533 \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } | |
534 } | |
535 | |
536 % @: forces normal size whitespace following. | |
537 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } | |
538 | |
539 % @* forces a line break. | |
540 \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} | |
541 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
542 % @/ allows a line break. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
543 \let\/=\allowbreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
544 |
41418 | 545 % @. is an end-of-sentence period. |
546 \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } | |
547 | |
548 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. | |
549 \def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } | |
550 | |
551 % @? is an end-of-sentence query. | |
552 \def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } | |
553 | |
554 % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the | |
555 % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would | |
556 % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. | |
557 \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} | |
558 | |
559 % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing | |
560 % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box | |
561 % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for | |
562 % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is | |
563 % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, | |
564 % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and | |
565 % the text is small, which looks bad. | |
566 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
567 % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
568 % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
569 % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
570 % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
571 % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
572 % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
573 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
574 \newbox\groupbox |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
575 \def\vfilllimit{0.7} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
576 % |
41418 | 577 \def\group{\begingroup |
578 \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else | |
579 \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp | |
580 \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% | |
581 \fi | |
582 % | |
583 % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large | |
584 % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the | |
585 % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of | |
586 % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space | |
587 % above. But it's pretty close. | |
588 \def\Egroup{% | |
589 \egroup % End the \vtop. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
590 % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
591 \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
592 % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
593 \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
594 % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
595 % group, force a page break. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
596 \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
597 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
598 \page |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
599 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
600 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
601 \copy\groupbox |
41418 | 602 \endgroup % End the \group. |
603 }% | |
604 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
605 \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup |
41418 | 606 % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in |
607 % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. | |
608 % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group | |
609 % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the | |
610 % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. | |
611 % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. | |
612 \everypar = {\strut}% | |
613 % | |
614 % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's | |
615 % normal interline spacing. | |
616 \offinterlineskip | |
617 % | |
618 % OK, but now we have to do something about blank | |
619 % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally | |
620 % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've | |
621 % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an | |
622 % empty paragraph. | |
623 \ifx\par\lisppar | |
624 \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% | |
625 % | |
626 % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. | |
627 \obeylines | |
628 \fi | |
629 % | |
630 % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as | |
631 % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an | |
632 % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after | |
633 % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group | |
634 % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo | |
635 % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. | |
636 \comment | |
637 } | |
638 % | |
639 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help | |
640 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. | |
641 % | |
642 \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% | |
643 group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% | |
644 where each line of input produces a line of output.} | |
645 | |
646 % @need space-in-mils | |
647 % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. | |
648 | |
649 \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in | |
650 | |
651 \def\need{\parsearg\needx} | |
652 | |
653 % Old definition--didn't work. | |
654 %\def\needx #1{\par % | |
655 %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally | |
656 %% if the depth of the box does not fit. | |
657 %{\baselineskip=0pt% | |
658 %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak | |
659 %\prevdepth=-1000pt | |
660 %}} | |
661 | |
662 \def\needx#1{% | |
663 % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a | |
664 % paragraph. | |
665 \par | |
666 % | |
667 % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. | |
668 \dimen0 = #1\mil | |
669 \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox | |
670 \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox | |
671 \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 | |
672 % | |
673 % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the | |
674 % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. | |
675 % And a page break here is fine. | |
676 \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% | |
677 % | |
678 % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the | |
679 % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the | |
680 % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider | |
681 % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the | |
682 % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. | |
683 % | |
684 % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the | |
685 % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in | |
686 % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which | |
687 % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing | |
688 % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an | |
689 % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real | |
690 % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. | |
691 \penalty9999 | |
692 % | |
693 % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. | |
694 \kern -#1\mil | |
695 % | |
696 % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. | |
697 \nobreak | |
698 \fi | |
699 } | |
700 | |
701 % @br forces paragraph break | |
702 | |
703 \let\br = \par | |
704 | |
705 % @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. | |
706 % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter | |
707 % font as three actual period characters. | |
708 % | |
709 \def\dots{% | |
710 \leavevmode | |
711 \hbox to 1.5em{% | |
712 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil | |
713 .\hss.\hss.% | |
714 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil | |
715 }% | |
716 } | |
717 | |
718 % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. | |
719 % | |
720 \def\enddots{% | |
721 \leavevmode | |
722 \hbox to 2em{% | |
723 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil | |
724 .\hss.\hss.\hss.% | |
725 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil | |
726 }% | |
727 \spacefactor=3000 | |
728 } | |
729 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
730 % @page forces the start of a new page. |
41418 | 731 % |
732 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} | |
733 | |
734 % @exdent text.... | |
735 % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin | |
736 | |
737 % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. | |
738 % That's how much \exdent should take out. | |
739 \newskip\exdentamount | |
740 | |
741 % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. | |
742 \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} | |
743 \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} | |
744 | |
745 % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. | |
746 \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} | |
747 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount | |
748 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} | |
749 | |
750 % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current | |
751 % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion | |
752 % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. | |
753 % | |
754 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm | |
755 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} | |
756 % | |
757 \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% | |
758 \nobreak | |
759 \kern-\strutdepth | |
760 \vtop to \strutdepth{% | |
761 \baselineskip=\strutdepth | |
762 \vss | |
763 % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to | |
764 % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. | |
765 \ifx#1l% | |
766 \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% | |
767 \else | |
768 \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% | |
769 \fi | |
770 \null | |
771 }% | |
772 }} | |
773 \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} | |
774 \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} | |
775 % | |
776 % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} | |
777 % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; | |
778 % else use TEXT for both). | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
779 % |
41418 | 780 \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} |
781 \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
782 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% |
41418 | 783 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt |
784 \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts | |
785 \def\righttext{#2}% | |
786 \else | |
787 \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text | |
788 \def\righttext{#1}% | |
789 \fi | |
790 % | |
791 \ifodd\pageno | |
792 \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin | |
793 \else | |
794 \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% | |
795 \fi | |
796 \temp | |
797 } | |
798 | |
799 % @include file insert text of that file as input. | |
800 % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). | |
801 \def\include{\begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
802 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
803 \catcode`~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
804 \catcode`^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
805 \catcode`_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
806 \catcode`|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
807 \catcode`<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
808 \catcode`>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
809 \catcode`+=\other |
41418 | 810 \parsearg\includezzz} |
811 % Restore active chars for included file. | |
812 \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup | |
813 % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. | |
814 \def\thisfile{#1}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
815 \let\value=\expandablevalue |
41418 | 816 \input\thisfile |
817 \endgroup} | |
818 | |
819 \def\thisfile{} | |
820 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
821 % @center line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
822 % outputs that line, centered. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
823 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
824 \def\center{\parsearg\docenter} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
825 \def\docenter#1{{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
826 \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
827 \advance\hsize by -\leftskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
828 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
829 \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
830 \ifhmode \break \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
831 }} |
41418 | 832 |
833 % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space | |
834 | |
835 \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} | |
836 \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} | |
837 | |
838 % @comment ...line which is ignored... | |
839 % @c is the same as @comment | |
840 % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment | |
841 | |
842 \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% | |
843 \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% | |
844 \commentxxx} | |
845 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} | |
846 | |
847 \let\c=\comment | |
848 | |
849 % @paragraphindent NCHARS | |
850 % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
851 % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
852 % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
853 % |
41418 | 854 \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords |
855 \def\noneword{none} | |
856 % | |
857 \def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} | |
858 \def\doparagraphindent#1{% | |
859 \def\temp{#1}% | |
860 \ifx\temp\asisword | |
861 \else | |
862 \ifx\temp\noneword | |
863 \defaultparindent = 0pt | |
864 \else | |
865 \defaultparindent = #1em | |
866 \fi | |
867 \fi | |
868 \parindent = \defaultparindent | |
869 } | |
870 | |
871 % @exampleindent NCHARS | |
872 % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. | |
873 % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but | |
874 % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. | |
875 \def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} | |
876 \def\doexampleindent#1{% | |
877 \def\temp{#1}% | |
878 \ifx\temp\asisword | |
879 \else | |
880 \ifx\temp\noneword | |
881 \lispnarrowing = 0pt | |
882 \else | |
883 \lispnarrowing = #1em | |
884 \fi | |
885 \fi | |
886 } | |
887 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
888 % @firstparagraphindent WORD |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
889 % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
890 % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
891 % paragraphs. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
892 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
893 % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
894 % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. We |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
895 % switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. By |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
896 % default, we suppress indentation. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
897 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
898 \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
899 \newdimen\currentparindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
900 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
901 \def\insertword{insert} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
902 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
903 \def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
904 \def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
905 \def\temp{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
906 \ifx\temp\noneword |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
907 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
908 \else\ifx\temp\insertword |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
909 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
910 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
911 \errhelp = \EMsimple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
912 \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
913 \fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
914 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
915 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
916 % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
917 % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
918 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
919 % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
920 % paragraph. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
921 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
922 \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
923 \gdef\indent{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
924 \global\let\indent=\ptexindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
925 \global\everypar = {}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
926 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
927 \global\everypar = {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
928 \kern-\parindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
929 \global\let\indent=\ptexindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
930 \global\everypar = {}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
931 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
932 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
933 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
934 |
41418 | 935 % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. |
936 % | |
937 \def\asis#1{#1} | |
938 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
939 % @math outputs its argument in math mode. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
940 % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
941 % to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts, |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
942 % superscripts, special math chars, etc. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
943 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
944 \let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
945 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
946 % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
947 % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
948 % _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
949 % if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
950 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
951 {\catcode\underChar = \active |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
952 \gdef\mathunderscore{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
953 \catcode\underChar=\active |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
954 \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
955 }} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
956 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
957 % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
958 % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
959 % this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
960 % otherwise define @\. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
961 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
962 % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
963 \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
964 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
965 \def\math{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
966 \tex |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
967 \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
968 \let\\ = \mathbackslash |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
969 \mathactive |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
970 \implicitmath\finishmath} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
971 \def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex} |
41418 | 972 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
973 % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
974 % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
975 % argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
976 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
977 { |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
978 \catcode`^ = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
979 \catcode`< = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
980 \catcode`> = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
981 \catcode`+ = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
982 \gdef\mathactive{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
983 \let^ = \ptexhat |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
984 \let< = \ptexless |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
985 \let> = \ptexgtr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
986 \let+ = \ptexplus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
987 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
988 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
989 |
41418 | 990 % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. |
991 \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} | |
992 \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} | |
993 | |
994 % @refill is a no-op. | |
995 \let\refill=\relax | |
996 | |
997 % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to | |
998 % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. | |
999 % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). | |
1000 % | |
1001 \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. | |
1002 \let\novalidate = \linksfalse | |
1003 | |
1004 % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. | |
1005 % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. | |
1006 % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. | |
1007 \def\setfilename{% | |
1008 \iflinks | |
1009 \readauxfile | |
1010 \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. | |
1011 \openindices | |
1012 \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. | |
1013 \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. | |
1014 % | |
1015 % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. | |
1016 % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. | |
1017 % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. | |
1018 \openin 1 texinfo.cnf | |
1019 \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi | |
1020 \closein1 | |
1021 \temp | |
1022 % | |
1023 \comment % Ignore the actual filename. | |
1024 } | |
1025 | |
1026 % Called from \setfilename. | |
1027 % | |
1028 \def\openindices{% | |
1029 \newindex{cp}% | |
1030 \newcodeindex{fn}% | |
1031 \newcodeindex{vr}% | |
1032 \newcodeindex{tp}% | |
1033 \newcodeindex{ky}% | |
1034 \newcodeindex{pg}% | |
1035 } | |
1036 | |
1037 % @bye. | |
1038 \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} | |
1039 | |
1040 | |
1041 \message{pdf,} | |
1042 % adobe `portable' document format | |
1043 \newcount\tempnum | |
1044 \newcount\lnkcount | |
1045 \newtoks\filename | |
1046 \newcount\filenamelength | |
1047 \newcount\pgn | |
1048 \newtoks\toksA | |
1049 \newtoks\toksB | |
1050 \newtoks\toksC | |
1051 \newtoks\toksD | |
1052 \newbox\boxA | |
1053 \newcount\countA | |
1054 \newif\ifpdf | |
1055 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest | |
1056 | |
1057 \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined | |
1058 \pdffalse | |
1059 \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble | |
1060 \let\pdfurl = \gobble | |
1061 \let\endlink = \relax | |
1062 \let\linkcolor = \relax | |
1063 \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax | |
1064 \else | |
1065 \pdftrue | |
1066 \pdfoutput = 1 | |
1067 \input pdfcolor | |
1068 \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% | |
1069 \def\imagewidth{#2}% | |
1070 \def\imageheight{#3}% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1071 % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1072 % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) |
41418 | 1073 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1074 \immediate\pdfimage |
41418 | 1075 \else |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1076 \immediate\pdfximage |
41418 | 1077 \fi |
1078 \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi | |
1079 \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi | |
1080 \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1081 #1.pdf% |
41418 | 1082 \else |
1083 {#1.pdf}% | |
1084 \fi | |
1085 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else | |
1086 \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage | |
1087 \fi} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1088 \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1089 \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} |
41418 | 1090 \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? |
1091 \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} | |
1092 % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines | |
1093 % come from Petr Olsak | |
1094 \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% | |
1095 \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} | |
1096 \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax | |
1097 \advance\tempnum by1 | |
1098 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} | |
1099 \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% | |
1100 \openin 1 \jobname.toc | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1101 \ifeof 1\else\begingroup |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1102 \closein 1 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1103 % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks |
41418 | 1104 \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace |
1105 \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace | |
1106 % | |
1107 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1108 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1109 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1110 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1111 \let\appendixentry = \chapentry |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1112 \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1113 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1114 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1115 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
41418 | 1116 \input \jobname.toc |
1117 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% | |
1118 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} | |
1119 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% | |
1120 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} | |
1121 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% | |
1122 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} | |
1123 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% | |
1124 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1125 \let\appendixentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1126 \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1127 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1128 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1129 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1130 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1131 % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1132 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1133 \indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1134 \let\tt=\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1135 \turnoffactive |
41418 | 1136 \input \jobname.toc |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1137 \endgroup\fi |
41418 | 1138 }} |
1139 \def\makelinks #1,{% | |
1140 \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% | |
1141 \ifx\params\E | |
1142 \let\nextmakelinks=\relax | |
1143 \else | |
1144 \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks | |
1145 \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi | |
1146 \picknum{#1}% | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1147 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} |
41418 | 1148 goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% |
1149 \linkcolor #1% | |
1150 \advance\lnkcount by 1% | |
1151 \endlink | |
1152 \fi | |
1153 \nextmakelinks | |
1154 } | |
1155 \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} | |
1156 \def\pn#1{% | |
1157 \def\p{#1}% | |
1158 \ifx\p\lbrace | |
1159 \let\nextpn=\ppn | |
1160 \else | |
1161 \let\nextpn=\ppnn | |
1162 \def\first{#1} | |
1163 \fi | |
1164 \nextpn | |
1165 } | |
1166 \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} | |
1167 \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} | |
1168 \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} | |
1169 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} | |
1170 \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% | |
1171 \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax | |
1172 \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces | |
1173 \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% | |
1174 \advance\filenamelength by 1 | |
1175 \fi | |
1176 \fi | |
1177 \nextsp} | |
1178 \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} | |
1179 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 | |
1180 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink | |
1181 \else | |
1182 \let \startlink \pdfstartlink | |
1183 \fi | |
1184 \def\pdfurl#1{% | |
1185 \begingroup | |
1186 \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% | |
1187 \let\value=\expandablevalue | |
1188 \leavevmode\Red | |
1189 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% | |
1190 user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% | |
1191 % #1 | |
1192 \endgroup} | |
1193 \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} | |
1194 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} | |
1195 \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} | |
1196 \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} | |
1197 \def\maketoks{% | |
1198 \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| | |
1199 \ifx\first0\adn0 | |
1200 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 | |
1201 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1202 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 |
41418 | 1203 \else |
1204 \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi | |
1205 \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else | |
1206 \let\next=\maketoks | |
1207 \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} | |
1208 \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi | |
1209 \fi | |
1210 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi | |
1211 \next} | |
1212 \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% | |
1213 {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} | |
1214 \def\pdflink#1{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1215 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} |
41418 | 1216 \linkcolor #1\endlink} |
1217 \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} | |
1218 \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput | |
1219 | |
1220 | |
1221 \message{fonts,} | |
1222 % Font-change commands. | |
1223 | |
1224 % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. | |
1225 % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. | |
1226 \newfam\sffam | |
1227 \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} | |
1228 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. | |
1229 | |
1230 % We don't need math for this one. | |
1231 \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} | |
1232 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1233 % Default leading. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1234 \newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1236 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1237 % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1238 % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1239 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1240 \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1241 \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1242 \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1243 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1244 \def\setleading#1{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1245 \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1246 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1247 \normalbaselines |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1248 \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1249 \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1250 depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1251 }% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1252 } |
41418 | 1253 |
1254 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the | |
1255 % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). | |
1256 % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor | |
1257 \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} | |
1258 | |
1259 % Use cm as the default font prefix. | |
1260 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix | |
1261 % before you read in texinfo.tex. | |
1262 \ifx\fontprefix\undefined | |
1263 \def\fontprefix{cm} | |
1264 \fi | |
1265 % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. | |
1266 \def\rmshape{r} | |
1267 \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold | |
1268 \def\bfshape{b} | |
1269 \def\bxshape{bx} | |
1270 \def\ttshape{tt} | |
1271 \def\ttbshape{tt} | |
1272 \def\ttslshape{sltt} | |
1273 \def\itshape{ti} | |
1274 \def\itbshape{bxti} | |
1275 \def\slshape{sl} | |
1276 \def\slbshape{bxsl} | |
1277 \def\sfshape{ss} | |
1278 \def\sfbshape{ss} | |
1279 \def\scshape{csc} | |
1280 \def\scbshape{csc} | |
1281 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1282 \newcount\mainmagstep |
41418 | 1283 \ifx\bigger\relax |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1284 % not really supported. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1285 \mainmagstep=\magstep1 |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1286 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1287 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} |
41418 | 1288 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1289 \mainmagstep=\magstephalf |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1290 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1291 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
41418 | 1292 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1293 % Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10. |
41418 | 1294 % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1295 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1296 % (in Bob's opinion). |
41418 | 1297 \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
1298 \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1299 \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1300 \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1301 \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1302 \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1303 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep | |
1304 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep | |
1305 | |
1306 % A few fonts for @defun, etc. | |
1307 \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 | |
1308 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} | |
1309 \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} | |
1310 | |
1311 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). | |
1312 \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} | |
1313 \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} | |
1314 \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} | |
1315 \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} | |
1316 \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} | |
1317 \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} | |
1318 \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} | |
1319 \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} | |
1320 \font\smalli=cmmi9 | |
1321 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 | |
1322 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1323 % Fonts for small examples (8pt). |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1324 \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1325 \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1326 \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1327 \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1328 \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1329 \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1330 \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1331 \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1332 \font\smalleri=cmmi8 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1333 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
41418 | 1335 % Fonts for title page: |
1336 \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} | |
1337 \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1338 \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1339 \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} | |
1340 \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1341 \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} | |
1342 \let\titlebf=\titlerm | |
1343 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1344 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 | |
1345 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 | |
1346 \def\authorrm{\secrm} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1347 \def\authortt{\sectt} |
41418 | 1348 |
1349 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). | |
1350 \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} | |
1351 \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1352 \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1353 \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} | |
1354 \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1355 \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} | |
1356 \let\chapbf=\chaprm | |
1357 \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1358 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 | |
1359 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 | |
1360 | |
1361 % Section fonts (14.4pt). | |
1362 \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1363 \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1364 \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1365 \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1366 \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1367 \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1368 \let\secbf\secrm | |
1369 \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1370 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 | |
1371 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 | |
1372 | |
1373 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). | |
1374 \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1375 \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} | |
1376 \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} | |
1377 \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1378 \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} | |
1379 \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1380 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm | |
1381 \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} | |
1382 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf | |
1383 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 | |
1384 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, | |
1385 % but that is not a standard magnification. | |
1386 | |
1387 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, | |
1388 % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1389 % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1390 % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1391 % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). |
41418 | 1392 % |
1393 \def\resetmathfonts{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1394 \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1395 \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1396 \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf |
41418 | 1397 } |
1398 | |
1399 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead | |
1400 % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work | |
1401 % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most | |
1402 % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam | |
1403 % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to | |
1404 % redefine \bf itself. | |
1405 \def\textfonts{% | |
1406 \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl | |
1407 \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc | |
1408 \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1409 \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} |
41418 | 1410 \def\titlefonts{% |
1411 \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl | |
1412 \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc | |
1413 \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy | |
1414 \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl | |
1415 \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} | |
1416 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} | |
1417 \def\chapfonts{% | |
1418 \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl | |
1419 \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc | |
1420 \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl | |
1421 \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} | |
1422 \def\secfonts{% | |
1423 \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl | |
1424 \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc | |
1425 \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl | |
1426 \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} | |
1427 \def\subsecfonts{% | |
1428 \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl | |
1429 \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc | |
1430 \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl | |
1431 \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} | |
1432 \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? | |
1433 \def\smallfonts{% | |
1434 \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl | |
1435 \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc | |
1436 \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy | |
1437 \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1438 \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1439 \def\smallerfonts{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1440 \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1441 \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1442 \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1443 \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1444 \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1446 % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1447 \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1449 % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1450 % can fit this many characters: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1451 % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1452 % If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1453 % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1454 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1455 % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1456 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1457 % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1458 % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1459 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1460 % I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1461 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1462 % --karl, 24jan03. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
41418 | 1464 |
1465 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. | |
1466 % | |
1467 \textfonts | |
1468 | |
1469 % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. | |
1470 \def\angleleft{$\langle$} | |
1471 \def\angleright{$\rangle$} | |
1472 | |
1473 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks | |
1474 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 | |
1475 | |
1476 % Fonts for short table of contents. | |
1477 \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} | |
1478 \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} | |
1479 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1480 \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} |
41418 | 1481 |
1482 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans | |
1483 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic | |
1484 | |
1485 % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction | |
1486 % unless the following character is such as not to need one. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1487 \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1488 \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1489 \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1490 \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} |
41418 | 1491 |
1492 \let\i=\smartitalic | |
1493 \let\var=\smartslanted | |
1494 \let\dfn=\smartslanted | |
1495 \let\emph=\smartitalic | |
1496 \let\cite=\smartslanted | |
1497 | |
1498 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} | |
1499 \let\strong=\b | |
1500 | |
1501 % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at | |
1502 % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the | |
1503 % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. | |
1504 % | |
1505 \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} | |
1506 \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } | |
1507 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1508 % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1509 % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1510 % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1511 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1512 \catcode`@=11 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1513 \def\frenchspacing{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1514 \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1515 \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1516 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1517 \catcode`@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
41418 | 1519 \def\t#1{% |
1520 {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% | |
1521 \null | |
1522 } | |
1523 \let\ttfont=\t | |
1524 \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} | |
1525 \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} | |
1526 \font\keysy=cmsy9 | |
1527 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% | |
1528 \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% | |
1529 \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt | |
1530 \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% | |
1531 \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% | |
1532 \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} | |
1533 % The old definition, with no lozenge: | |
1534 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} | |
1535 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} | |
1536 | |
1537 % @file, @option are the same as @samp. | |
1538 \let\file=\samp | |
1539 \let\option=\samp | |
1540 | |
1541 % @code is a modification of @t, | |
1542 % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. | |
1543 \def\tclose#1{% | |
1544 {% | |
1545 % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. | |
1546 \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font | |
1547 % | |
1548 % Switch to typewriter. | |
1549 \tt | |
1550 % | |
1551 % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. | |
1552 \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% | |
1553 % | |
1554 % Turn off hyphenation. | |
1555 \nohyphenation | |
1556 % | |
1557 \rawbackslash | |
1558 \frenchspacing | |
1559 #1% | |
1560 }% | |
1561 \null | |
1562 } | |
1563 | |
1564 % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. | |
1565 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes | |
1566 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. | |
1567 | |
1568 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control | |
1569 % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. | |
1570 % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) | |
1571 % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. | |
1572 % -- rms. | |
1573 { | |
1574 \catcode`\-=\active | |
1575 \catcode`\_=\active | |
1576 % | |
1577 \global\def\code{\begingroup | |
1578 \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash | |
1579 \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder | |
1580 \codex | |
1581 } | |
1582 % | |
1583 % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, | |
1584 % just treat them as a normal -. | |
1585 \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} | |
1586 } | |
1587 | |
1588 \def\realdash{-} | |
1589 \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1590 \def\codeunder{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1591 % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1592 % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1593 % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1594 % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1595 \ifusingtt{\ifmmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1596 \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1597 \else\normalunderscore \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1598 \discretionary{}{}{}}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1599 {\_}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1600 } |
41418 | 1601 \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} |
1602 | |
1603 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, | |
1604 % then @kbd has no effect. | |
1605 | |
1606 % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), | |
1607 % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), | |
1608 % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). | |
1609 \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} | |
1610 \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% | |
1611 \def\arg{#1}% | |
1612 \ifx\arg\worddistinct | |
1613 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% | |
1614 \else\ifx\arg\wordexample | |
1615 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% | |
1616 \else\ifx\arg\wordcode | |
1617 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1618 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1619 \errhelp = \EMsimple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1620 \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% |
41418 | 1621 \fi\fi\fi |
1622 } | |
1623 \def\worddistinct{distinct} | |
1624 \def\wordexample{example} | |
1625 \def\wordcode{code} | |
1626 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1627 % Default is `distinct.' |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1628 \kbdinputstyle distinct |
41418 | 1629 |
1630 \def\xkey{\key} | |
1631 \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% | |
1632 \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% | |
1633 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi | |
1634 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} | |
1635 | |
1636 % For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. | |
1637 \let\url=\code | |
1638 \let\env=\code | |
1639 \let\command=\code | |
1640 | |
1641 % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) | |
1642 % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third | |
1643 % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url | |
1644 % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in | |
1645 % a hypertex \special here. | |
1646 % | |
1647 \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} | |
1648 \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup | |
1649 \unsepspaces | |
1650 \pdfurl{#1}% | |
1651 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% | |
1652 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt | |
1653 \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that | |
1654 \else | |
1655 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% | |
1656 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt | |
1657 \ifpdf | |
1658 \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it | |
1659 \else | |
1660 \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url | |
1661 \fi | |
1662 \else | |
1663 \code{#1}% only url given, so show it | |
1664 \fi | |
1665 \fi | |
1666 \endlink | |
1667 \endgroup} | |
1668 | |
1669 % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. | |
1670 % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1671 % |
41418 | 1672 %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} |
1673 \ifpdf | |
1674 \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} | |
1675 \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup | |
1676 \unsepspaces | |
1677 \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% | |
1678 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% | |
1679 \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi | |
1680 \endlink | |
1681 \endgroup} | |
1682 \else | |
1683 \let\email=\uref | |
1684 \fi | |
1685 | |
1686 % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the | |
1687 % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and | |
1688 % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have | |
1689 % this property, we can check that font parameter. | |
1690 % | |
1691 \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } | |
1692 | |
1693 % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the | |
1694 % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. | |
1695 % | |
1696 \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} | |
1697 | |
1698 \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} | |
1699 | |
1700 % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', | |
1701 % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for | |
1702 % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. | |
1703 %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} | |
1704 | |
1705 % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. | |
1706 \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font | |
1707 \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font | |
1708 \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font | |
1709 | |
1710 % @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. | |
1711 \def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} | |
1712 | |
1713 % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. | |
1714 \def\pounds{{\it\$}} | |
1715 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1716 % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1717 % we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1718 % \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1719 % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1720 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1721 \def\registeredsymbol{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1722 $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1723 }$% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1724 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
41418 | 1726 |
1727 \message{page headings,} | |
1728 | |
1729 \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in | |
1730 \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc | |
1731 | |
1732 % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. | |
1733 \newif\ifseenauthor | |
1734 \newif\iffinishedtitlepage | |
1735 | |
1736 % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the | |
1737 % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. | |
1738 % | |
1739 \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1740 \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue | |
1741 \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1742 \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue | |
1743 | |
1744 \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} | |
1745 \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% | |
1746 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} | |
1747 | |
1748 \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts | |
1749 \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm | |
1750 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% | |
1751 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1752 \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1753 \let\tt=\authortt}% |
41418 | 1754 % |
1755 % Leave some space at the very top of the page. | |
1756 \vglue\titlepagetopglue | |
1757 % | |
1758 % Now you can print the title using @title. | |
1759 \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% | |
1760 \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} | |
1761 % print a rule at the page bottom also. | |
1762 \finishedtitlepagefalse | |
1763 \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% | |
1764 % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. | |
1765 \finishedtitlepagetrue | |
1766 % | |
1767 % Now you can put text using @subtitle. | |
1768 \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% | |
1769 \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% | |
1770 % | |
1771 % @author should come last, but may come many times. | |
1772 \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% | |
1773 \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi | |
1774 {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% | |
1775 % | |
1776 % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space | |
1777 % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. | |
1778 \let\oldpage = \page | |
1779 \def\page{% | |
1780 \iffinishedtitlepage\else | |
1781 \finishtitlepage | |
1782 \fi | |
1783 \oldpage | |
1784 \let\page = \oldpage | |
1785 \hbox{}}% | |
1786 % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} | |
1787 } | |
1788 | |
1789 \def\Etitlepage{% | |
1790 \iffinishedtitlepage\else | |
1791 \finishtitlepage | |
1792 \fi | |
1793 % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, | |
1794 % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. | |
1795 % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page | |
1796 % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. | |
1797 \oldpage | |
1798 \endgroup | |
1799 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1800 % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1801 % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1802 \HEADINGSon |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1803 % |
41418 | 1804 % If they want short, they certainly want long too. |
1805 \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1806 \shortcontents | |
1807 \contents | |
1808 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax | |
1809 \global\let\contents = \relax | |
1810 \fi | |
1811 % | |
1812 \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1813 \contents | |
1814 \global\let\contents = \relax | |
1815 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax | |
1816 \fi | |
1817 } | |
1818 | |
1819 \def\finishtitlepage{% | |
1820 \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize | |
1821 \vskip\titlepagebottomglue | |
1822 \finishedtitlepagetrue | |
1823 } | |
1824 | |
1825 %%% Set up page headings and footings. | |
1826 | |
1827 \let\thispage=\folio | |
1828 | |
1829 \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages | |
1830 \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages | |
1831 \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages | |
1832 \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages | |
1833 | |
1834 % Now make Tex use those variables | |
1835 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline | |
1836 \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} | |
1837 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline | |
1838 \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} | |
1839 \let\HEADINGShook=\relax | |
1840 | |
1841 % Commands to set those variables. | |
1842 % For example, this is what @headings on does | |
1843 % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter | |
1844 % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle | |
1845 % @evenfooting @thisfile|| | |
1846 % @oddfooting ||@thisfile | |
1847 | |
1848 \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} | |
1849 \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} | |
1850 \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} | |
1851 | |
1852 \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} | |
1853 \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} | |
1854 \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} | |
1855 | |
1856 {\catcode`\@=0 % | |
1857 | |
1858 \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1859 \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1860 \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1861 | |
1862 \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1863 \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1864 \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1865 | |
1866 \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% | |
1867 | |
1868 \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1869 \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1870 \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1871 | |
1872 \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1873 \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1874 \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% | |
1875 % | |
1876 % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume | |
1877 % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. | |
1878 \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip | |
1879 \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip | |
1880 } | |
1881 | |
1882 \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} | |
1883 % | |
1884 }% unbind the catcode of @. | |
1885 | |
1886 % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. | |
1887 % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. | |
1888 % @headings off turns them off. | |
1889 % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. | |
1890 % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. | |
1891 % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. | |
1892 % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. | |
1893 % By default, they are off at the start of a document, | |
1894 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. | |
1895 | |
1896 \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} | |
1897 | |
1898 \def\HEADINGSoff{ | |
1899 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1900 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} | |
1901 \HEADINGSoff | |
1902 % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. | |
1903 % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, | |
1904 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document | |
1905 % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top | |
1906 % edge of all pages. | |
1907 \def\HEADINGSdouble{ | |
1908 \global\pageno=1 | |
1909 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1910 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1911 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} | |
1912 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1913 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
1914 } | |
1915 \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1916 | |
1917 % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, | |
1918 % page number on top right. | |
1919 \def\HEADINGSsingle{ | |
1920 \global\pageno=1 | |
1921 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1922 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1923 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1924 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1925 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1926 } | |
1927 \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} | |
1928 | |
1929 \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} | |
1930 \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter | |
1931 \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% | |
1932 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1933 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1934 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} | |
1935 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1936 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
1937 } | |
1938 | |
1939 \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} | |
1940 \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% | |
1941 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1942 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1943 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1944 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1945 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1946 } | |
1947 | |
1948 % Subroutines used in generating headings | |
1949 % This produces Day Month Year style of output. | |
1950 % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set | |
1951 % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). | |
1952 \ifx\today\undefined | |
1953 \def\today{% | |
1954 \number\day\space | |
1955 \ifcase\month | |
1956 \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr | |
1957 \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug | |
1958 \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec | |
1959 \fi | |
1960 \space\number\year} | |
1961 \fi | |
1962 | |
1963 % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. | |
1964 % It generates no output of its own. | |
1965 \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} | |
1966 \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} | |
1967 \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} | |
1968 | |
1969 | |
1970 \message{tables,} | |
1971 % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). | |
1972 | |
1973 % default indentation of table text | |
1974 \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in | |
1975 % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text | |
1976 \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in | |
1977 % margin between end of table item and start of table text. | |
1978 \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in | |
1979 | |
1980 % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin | |
1981 \newdimen\itemmax | |
1982 | |
1983 % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with | |
1984 % these defs. | |
1985 % They also define \itemindex | |
1986 % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). | |
1987 | |
1988 \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip | |
1989 | |
1990 \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} | |
1991 | |
1992 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} | |
1993 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} | |
1994 | |
1995 \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} | |
1996 \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} | |
1997 | |
1998 \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} | |
1999 \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} | |
2000 | |
2001 \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% | |
2002 \itemzzz {#1}} | |
2003 | |
2004 \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% | |
2005 \itemzzz {#1}} | |
2006 | |
2007 \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % | |
2008 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip | |
2009 \advance\hsize by -\tableindent | |
2010 \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% | |
2011 \itemindex{#1}% | |
2012 \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. | |
2013 % | |
2014 % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line | |
2015 % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that | |
2016 % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next | |
2017 % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the | |
2018 % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. | |
2019 \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax | |
2020 % | |
2021 % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, | |
2022 % but leave it ragged-right. | |
2023 \begingroup | |
2024 \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent | |
2025 \advance\hsize by\tableindent | |
2026 \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil | |
2027 \leavevmode\unhbox0\par | |
2028 \endgroup | |
2029 % | |
2030 % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the | |
2031 % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. | |
2032 \nobreak \vskip-\parskip | |
2033 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2034 % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately |
41418 | 2035 % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2036 % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2037 % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2038 % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2039 % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2040 % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2041 % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2042 % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2043 % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2044 % penalty 10001...) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2045 \penalty 10001 |
41418 | 2046 \endgroup |
2047 \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse | |
2048 \else | |
2049 % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the | |
2050 % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. | |
2051 \noindent | |
2052 % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in | |
2053 % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and | |
2054 % eventually be printed. | |
2055 \nobreak\kern-\tableindent | |
2056 \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 | |
2057 \unhbox0 | |
2058 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 | |
2059 \endgroup | |
2060 \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue | |
2061 \fi | |
2062 } | |
2063 | |
2064 \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} | |
2065 \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} | |
2066 \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} | |
2067 \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} | |
2068 \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} | |
2069 \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} | |
2070 | |
2071 % Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. | |
2072 \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} | |
2073 | |
2074 % @table, @ftable, @vtable. | |
2075 \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} | |
2076 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2077 \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% | |
2078 \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} | |
2079 | |
2080 \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} | |
2081 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2082 \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% | |
2083 \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley | |
2084 \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2085 \let\Etable=\relax}} | |
2086 | |
2087 \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} | |
2088 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2089 \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% | |
2090 \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley | |
2091 \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2092 \let\Etable=\relax}} | |
2093 | |
2094 \def\dontindex #1{} | |
2095 \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% | |
2096 \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% | |
2097 | |
2098 {\obeyspaces % | |
2099 \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% | |
2100 \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} | |
2101 | |
2102 \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% | |
2103 \aboveenvbreak % | |
2104 \begingroup % | |
2105 \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. | |
2106 \let\itemindex=#1% | |
2107 \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % | |
2108 \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % | |
2109 \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % | |
2110 \def\itemfont{#2}% | |
2111 \itemmax=\tableindent % | |
2112 \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % | |
2113 \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % | |
2114 \exdentamount=\tableindent | |
2115 \parindent = 0pt | |
2116 \parskip = \smallskipamount | |
2117 \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% | |
2118 \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2119 \let\item = \internalBitem % | |
2120 \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % | |
2121 \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % | |
2122 \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % | |
2123 \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % | |
2124 \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % | |
2125 } | |
2126 | |
2127 % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize | |
2128 | |
2129 \newcount \itemno | |
2130 | |
2131 \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} | |
2132 | |
2133 \def\itemizezzz #1{% | |
2134 \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize | |
2135 \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} | |
2136 } | |
2137 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2138 \def\itemizey#1#2{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2139 \aboveenvbreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2140 \itemmax=\itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2141 \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2142 \advance\leftskip by \itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2143 \exdentamount=\itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2144 \parindent=0pt |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2145 \parskip=\smallskipamount |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2146 \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2147 \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2148 \def\itemcontents{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2149 % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2150 \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2151 \let\item=\itemizeitem |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2152 } |
41418 | 2153 |
2154 % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in | |
2155 % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. | |
2156 % | |
2157 \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% | |
2158 | |
2159 % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, | |
2160 % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No | |
2161 % argument is the same as `1'. | |
2162 % | |
2163 \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} | |
2164 \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} | |
2165 \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% | |
2166 \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate | |
2167 % | |
2168 % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. | |
2169 \def\thearg{#1}% | |
2170 \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi | |
2171 % | |
2172 % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a | |
2173 % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. | |
2174 % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. | |
2175 % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at | |
2176 % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) | |
2177 \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark | |
2178 \ifx\rest\empty | |
2179 % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. | |
2180 % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. | |
2181 % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and | |
2182 % not equal to itself. | |
2183 % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. | |
2184 % | |
2185 % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from | |
2186 % continuing to look for a <number>. | |
2187 % | |
2188 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax | |
2189 \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) | |
2190 \else | |
2191 % It's a letter. | |
2192 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax | |
2193 \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter | |
2194 \else | |
2195 \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter | |
2196 \fi | |
2197 \fi | |
2198 \else | |
2199 % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. | |
2200 \numericenumerate | |
2201 \fi | |
2202 } | |
2203 | |
2204 % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is | |
2205 % given in \thearg. | |
2206 % | |
2207 \def\numericenumerate{% | |
2208 \itemno = \thearg | |
2209 \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% | |
2210 } | |
2211 | |
2212 % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. | |
2213 \def\lowercaseenumerate{% | |
2214 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg | |
2215 \startenumeration{% | |
2216 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. | |
2217 \ifnum\itemno=0 | |
2218 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger | |
2219 alphabet}% | |
2220 \fi | |
2221 \char\lccode\itemno | |
2222 }% | |
2223 } | |
2224 | |
2225 % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. | |
2226 \def\uppercaseenumerate{% | |
2227 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg | |
2228 \startenumeration{% | |
2229 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. | |
2230 \ifnum\itemno=0 | |
2231 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger | |
2232 alphabet} | |
2233 \fi | |
2234 \char\uccode\itemno | |
2235 }% | |
2236 } | |
2237 | |
2238 % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the | |
2239 % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in | |
2240 % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. | |
2241 % | |
2242 \def\startenumeration#1{% | |
2243 \advance\itemno by -1 | |
2244 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr | |
2245 } | |
2246 | |
2247 % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg | |
2248 % to @enumerate. | |
2249 % | |
2250 \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} | |
2251 \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} | |
2252 \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} | |
2253 \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} | |
2254 | |
2255 % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. | |
2256 | |
2257 \def\itemizeitem{% | |
2258 \advance\itemno by 1 | |
2259 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% | |
2260 \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi | |
2261 {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt | |
2262 \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% | |
2263 \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% | |
2264 \flushcr} | |
2265 | |
2266 % @multitable macros | |
2267 % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 | |
2268 % | |
2269 % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. | |
2270 % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width | |
2271 % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, | |
2272 % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. | |
2273 | |
2274 % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. | |
2275 | |
2276 % To make preamble: | |
2277 % | |
2278 % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: | |
2279 % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 | |
2280 % @item ... | |
2281 % | |
2282 % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total | |
2283 % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many | |
2284 % columns as desired. | |
2285 | |
2286 | |
2287 % Or use a template: | |
2288 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} | |
2289 % @item ... | |
2290 % using the widest term desired in each column. | |
2291 % | |
2292 % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in | |
2293 % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it | |
2294 % will parse correctly, i.e., | |
2295 % | |
2296 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 | |
2297 % template} | |
2298 % Not: | |
2299 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} | |
2300 % {Column 3 template} | |
2301 | |
2302 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column | |
2303 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's | |
2304 % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, | |
2305 % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. | |
2306 | |
2307 % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their | |
2308 % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. | |
2309 | |
2310 % Sample multitable: | |
2311 | |
2312 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} | |
2313 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col | |
2314 % @item | |
2315 % first col stuff | |
2316 % @tab | |
2317 % second col stuff | |
2318 % @tab | |
2319 % third col | |
2320 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff | |
2321 % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. | |
2322 % | |
2323 % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. | |
2324 % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. | |
2325 % @end multitable | |
2326 | |
2327 % Default dimensions may be reset by user. | |
2328 % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. | |
2329 % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. | |
2330 % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. | |
2331 % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline | |
2332 % to baseline. | |
2333 % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. | |
2334 % | |
2335 \newskip\multitableparskip | |
2336 \newskip\multitableparindent | |
2337 \newdimen\multitablecolspace | |
2338 \newskip\multitablelinespace | |
2339 \multitableparskip=0pt | |
2340 \multitableparindent=6pt | |
2341 \multitablecolspace=12pt | |
2342 \multitablelinespace=0pt | |
2343 | |
2344 % Macros used to set up halign preamble: | |
2345 % | |
2346 \let\endsetuptable\relax | |
2347 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} | |
2348 \let\columnfractions\relax | |
2349 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} | |
2350 \newif\ifsetpercent | |
2351 | |
2352 % #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which | |
2353 % is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we | |
2354 % just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the | |
2355 % percent of \hsize for this column. | |
2356 \def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% | |
2357 \global\advance\colcount by 1 | |
2358 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% | |
2359 \setuptable | |
2360 } | |
2361 | |
2362 \newcount\colcount | |
2363 \def\setuptable#1{% | |
2364 \def\firstarg{#1}% | |
2365 \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable | |
2366 \let\go = \relax | |
2367 \else | |
2368 \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions | |
2369 \global\setpercenttrue | |
2370 \else | |
2371 \ifsetpercent | |
2372 \let\go\pickupwholefraction | |
2373 \else | |
2374 \global\advance\colcount by 1 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2375 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2376 % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. |
41418 | 2377 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% |
2378 \fi | |
2379 \fi | |
2380 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction | |
2381 % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so | |
2382 % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. | |
2383 \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% | |
2384 \else | |
2385 \let\go = \setuptable | |
2386 \fi% | |
2387 \fi | |
2388 \go | |
2389 } | |
2390 | |
2391 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: | |
2392 % | |
2393 \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} | |
2394 \def\dotable#1{\bgroup | |
2395 \vskip\parskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2396 \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2397 % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2398 % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2399 % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2400 % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2401 \let\tab=&% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2402 \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote |
41418 | 2403 \tolerance=9500 |
2404 \hbadness=9500 | |
2405 \setmultitablespacing | |
2406 \parskip=\multitableparskip | |
2407 \parindent=\multitableparindent | |
2408 \overfullrule=0pt | |
2409 \global\colcount=0 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2410 \def\Emultitable{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2411 \global\setpercentfalse |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2412 \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2413 \egroup\egroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2414 }% |
41418 | 2415 % |
2416 % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: | |
2417 \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable | |
2418 % | |
2419 % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of | |
2420 % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. | |
2421 % The table preamble | |
2422 % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. | |
2423 \everycr{\noalign{% | |
2424 % | |
2425 % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. | |
2426 % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table | |
2427 % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem | |
2428 % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. | |
2429 \global\colcount=0\relax}}% | |
2430 % | |
2431 % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will | |
2432 % be used as many times as user calls for columns. | |
2433 % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and | |
2434 % continue for many paragraphs if desired. | |
2435 \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax | |
2436 \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname | |
2437 % | |
2438 % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other | |
2439 % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after | |
2440 % the first one. | |
2441 % | |
2442 % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace | |
2443 % to the width of each template entry. | |
2444 % | |
2445 % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will | |
2446 % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip | |
2447 % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at | |
2448 % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. | |
2449 % | |
2450 % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. | |
2451 \rightskip=0pt | |
2452 \ifnum\colcount=1 | |
2453 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. | |
2454 \advance\hsize by\leftskip | |
2455 \else | |
2456 \ifsetpercent \else | |
2457 % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize | |
2458 % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. | |
2459 \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace | |
2460 \fi | |
2461 % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: | |
2462 \leftskip=\multitablecolspace | |
2463 \fi | |
2464 % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious | |
2465 % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the | |
2466 % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. | |
2467 % For example: | |
2468 % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 | |
2469 % @item @code{#} | |
2470 % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. | |
2471 % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking | |
2472 % characters. | |
2473 \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr | |
2474 } | |
2475 | |
2476 \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. | |
2477 % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on | |
2478 % current baselineskip. | |
2479 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt | |
2480 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip | |
2481 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 | |
2482 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, | |
2483 %% to keep lines equally spaced | |
2484 \let\multistrut = \strut | |
2485 \else | |
2486 %% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? | |
2487 \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 | |
2488 width0pt\relax} \fi | |
2489 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of | |
2490 %% table. If not, do nothing. | |
2491 %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. | |
2492 \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace | |
2493 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace | |
2494 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller | |
2495 %% than skip between lines in the table. | |
2496 \fi% | |
2497 \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt | |
2498 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace | |
2499 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller | |
2500 %% than skip between lines in the table. | |
2501 \fi} | |
2502 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2503 % In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2504 % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2505 % finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2506 % main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2507 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2508 \newbox\savedfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2509 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2510 % \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2511 % it instead of starting the insertion right away. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2512 \def\startsavedfootnote{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2513 \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2514 \unvbox\savedfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2515 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2516 \def\crcrwithfootnotes{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2517 \crcr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2518 \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2519 \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2520 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2521 } |
41418 | 2522 |
2523 \message{conditionals,} | |
2524 % Prevent errors for section commands. | |
2525 % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. | |
2526 \def\ignoresections{% | |
2527 \let\chapter=\relax | |
2528 \let\unnumbered=\relax | |
2529 \let\top=\relax | |
2530 \let\unnumberedsec=\relax | |
2531 \let\unnumberedsection=\relax | |
2532 \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax | |
2533 \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax | |
2534 \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax | |
2535 \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax | |
2536 \let\section=\relax | |
2537 \let\subsec=\relax | |
2538 \let\subsubsec=\relax | |
2539 \let\subsection=\relax | |
2540 \let\subsubsection=\relax | |
2541 \let\appendix=\relax | |
2542 \let\appendixsec=\relax | |
2543 \let\appendixsection=\relax | |
2544 \let\appendixsubsec=\relax | |
2545 \let\appendixsubsection=\relax | |
2546 \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax | |
2547 \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax | |
2548 \let\contents=\relax | |
2549 \let\smallbook=\relax | |
2550 \let\titlepage=\relax | |
2551 } | |
2552 | |
2553 % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source | |
2554 % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used | |
2555 % incorrectly. | |
2556 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2557 % We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2558 % doesn't throw an error. For instance: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2559 % @ignore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2560 % @deffn ... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2561 % @end deffn |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2562 % @end ignore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2563 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2564 % The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2565 % nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2566 % since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2567 % Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2568 % |
41418 | 2569 \def\ignoremorecommands{% |
2570 \let\defcodeindex = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2571 \let\defcv = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2572 \let\defcvx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2573 \let\Edefcv = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2574 \let\deffn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2575 \let\deffnx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2576 \let\Edeffn = \empty |
41418 | 2577 \let\defindex = \relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2578 \let\defivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2579 \let\defivarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2580 \let\Edefivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2581 \let\defmac = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2582 \let\defmacx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2583 \let\Edefmac = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2584 \let\defmethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2585 \let\defmethodx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2586 \let\Edefmethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2587 \let\defop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2588 \let\defopx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2589 \let\Edefop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2590 \let\defopt = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2591 \let\defoptx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2592 \let\Edefopt = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2593 \let\defspec = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2594 \let\defspecx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2595 \let\Edefspec = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2596 \let\deftp = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2597 \let\deftpx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2598 \let\Edeftp = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2599 \let\deftypefn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2600 \let\deftypefnx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2601 \let\Edeftypefn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2602 \let\deftypefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2603 \let\deftypefunx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2604 \let\Edeftypefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2605 \let\deftypeivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2606 \let\deftypeivarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2607 \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2608 \let\deftypemethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2609 \let\deftypemethodx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2610 \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2611 \let\deftypeop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2612 \let\deftypeopx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2613 \let\Edeftypeop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2614 \let\deftypevar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2615 \let\deftypevarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2616 \let\Edeftypevar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2617 \let\deftypevr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2618 \let\deftypevrx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2619 \let\Edeftypevr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2620 \let\defun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2621 \let\defunx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2622 \let\Edefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2623 \let\defvar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2624 \let\defvarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2625 \let\Edefvar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2626 \let\defvr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2627 \let\defvrx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2628 \let\Edefvr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2629 \let\clear = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2630 \let\down = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2631 \let\evenfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2632 \let\evenheading = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2633 \let\everyfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2634 \let\everyheading = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2635 \let\headings = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2636 \let\include = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2637 \let\item = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2638 \let\lowersections = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2639 \let\oddfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2640 \let\oddheading = \relax |
41418 | 2641 \let\printindex = \relax |
2642 \let\pxref = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2643 \let\raisesections = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2644 \let\ref = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2645 \let\set = \relax |
41418 | 2646 \let\setchapternewpage = \relax |
2647 \let\setchapterstyle = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2648 \let\settitle = \relax |
41418 | 2649 \let\up = \relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2650 \let\verbatiminclude = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2651 \let\xref = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2652 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2654 % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2655 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2656 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2657 \def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2658 \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2659 \def\html{\doignore{html}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2660 \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} |
41418 | 2661 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2662 \def\ifnottex{\nestedignore{ifnottex}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2663 \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2664 \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2665 \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} |
41418 | 2666 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2667 \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} |
41418 | 2668 |
2669 % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file | |
2670 % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. | |
2671 \let\dircategory = \comment | |
2672 | |
2673 % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. | |
2674 % | |
2675 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup | |
2676 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. | |
2677 \ignoresections | |
2678 % | |
2679 % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. | |
2680 % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in | |
2681 % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. | |
2682 \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% | |
2683 % | |
2684 % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2685 \catcode\spaceChar = 10 |
41418 | 2686 % |
2687 % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. | |
2688 \catcode`\{ = 9 | |
2689 \catcode`\} = 9 | |
2690 % | |
2691 % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. | |
2692 \catcode`\@ = 12 | |
2693 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2694 \def\ignoreword{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2695 \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2696 % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2697 % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2698 % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well... |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2699 \else |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2700 % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2701 % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2702 % @c @end ifinfo |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2703 % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2704 % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2705 \catcode`\c = 14 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2706 \fi |
41418 | 2707 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2708 % And now expand the command defined above. |
41418 | 2709 \doignoretext |
2710 } | |
2711 | |
2712 % What we do to finish off ignored text. | |
2713 % | |
2714 \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% | |
2715 | |
2716 \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse | |
2717 \def\obstexwarn{% | |
2718 \ifwarnedobs\relax\else | |
2719 % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. | |
2720 % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. | |
2721 \immediate\write16{} | |
2722 \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} | |
2723 \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} | |
2724 \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} | |
2725 \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} | |
2726 \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2727 \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)} |
41418 | 2728 \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} |
2729 \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} | |
2730 \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} | |
2731 \immediate\write16{} | |
2732 \global\warnedobstrue | |
2733 \fi | |
2734 } | |
2735 | |
2736 % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a | |
2737 % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), | |
2738 % uncomment the following line: | |
2739 %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax | |
2740 | |
2741 % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for | |
2742 % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. | |
2743 % | |
2744 \def\nestedignore#1{% | |
2745 \obstexwarn | |
2746 % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end | |
2747 % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the | |
2748 % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2749 % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2750 % page 401 of the TeXbook. |
41418 | 2751 % |
2752 \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup | |
2753 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. | |
2754 \ignoresections | |
2755 % | |
2756 % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the | |
2757 % @end command again. | |
2758 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% | |
2759 % | |
2760 % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no | |
2761 % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do | |
2762 % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we | |
2763 % undefine them. | |
2764 % | |
2765 % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; | |
2766 % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. | |
2767 \ignoremorecommands | |
2768 % | |
2769 % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define | |
2770 % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2771 % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2772 % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still |
41418 | 2773 % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of |
2774 % stuff compared to the main input. | |
2775 % | |
2776 \nullfont | |
2777 \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont | |
2778 \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont | |
2779 \let\tensf=\nullfont | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2780 % Similarly for index fonts. |
41418 | 2781 \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont |
2782 \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont | |
2783 \let\smallsf=\nullfont | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2784 % Similarly for smallexample fonts. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2785 \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2786 \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2787 \let\smallersf=\nullfont |
41418 | 2788 % |
2789 % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. | |
2790 \tracinglostchars = 0 | |
2791 % | |
2792 % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. | |
2793 \frenchspacing | |
2794 % | |
2795 % Don't report underfull hboxes. | |
2796 \hbadness = 10000 | |
2797 % | |
2798 % Do minimal line-breaking. | |
2799 \pretolerance = 10000 | |
2800 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2801 % Do not execute instructions in @tex. |
41418 | 2802 \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% |
2803 % Do not execute macro definitions. | |
2804 % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. | |
2805 \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% | |
2806 } | |
2807 | |
2808 % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. | |
2809 % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. | |
2810 % | |
2811 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be | |
2812 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our | |
2813 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we | |
2814 % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid | |
2815 % losing inside @example, for instance. | |
2816 % | |
2817 \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 | |
2818 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. | |
2819 \parsearg\setxxx} | |
2820 \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} | |
2821 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% | |
2822 \def\temp{#2}% | |
2823 \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty | |
2824 \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. | |
2825 \fi | |
2826 \endgroup | |
2827 } | |
2828 % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or | |
2829 % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into | |
2830 % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. | |
2831 \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} | |
2832 | |
2833 % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. | |
2834 % | |
2835 \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} | |
2836 \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} | |
2837 | |
2838 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. | |
2839 { | |
2840 \catcode`\_ = \active | |
2841 % | |
2842 % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if | |
2843 % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any | |
2844 % such active characters to their normal equivalents. | |
2845 \gdef\value{\begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2846 \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other |
41418 | 2847 \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore |
2848 \valuexxx} | |
2849 } | |
2850 \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} | |
2851 | |
2852 % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's | |
2853 % properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones | |
2854 % whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2855 % about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2856 % is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2857 % if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2858 % certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2859 % sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2860 % complete). |
41418 | 2861 % |
2862 \def\expandablevalue#1{% | |
2863 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax | |
2864 {[No value for ``#1'']}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2865 \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% |
41418 | 2866 \else |
2867 \csname SET#1\endcsname | |
2868 \fi | |
2869 } | |
2870 | |
2871 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined | |
2872 % with @set. | |
2873 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2874 \def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2875 \def\doifset#1{% |
41418 | 2876 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2877 \let\next=\ifsetfail |
41418 | 2878 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2879 \let\next=\ifsetsucceed |
41418 | 2880 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2881 \next |
41418 | 2882 } |
2883 \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} | |
2884 \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} | |
2885 \defineunmatchedend{ifset} | |
2886 | |
2887 % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been | |
2888 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. | |
2889 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2890 \def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2891 \def\doifclear#1{% |
41418 | 2892 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2893 \let\next=\ifclearsucceed |
41418 | 2894 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2895 \let\next=\ifclearfail |
41418 | 2896 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2897 \next |
41418 | 2898 } |
2899 \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} | |
2900 \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} | |
2901 \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} | |
2902 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2903 % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2904 % read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2905 % `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. |
41418 | 2906 % |
2907 \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} | |
2908 \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} | |
2909 \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2910 \def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}} |
41418 | 2911 \defineunmatchedend{iftex} |
2912 \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} | |
2913 \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2914 \defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2915 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2916 % True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2917 % just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2918 % the outer level). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2919 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2920 \def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2921 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2922 } |
41418 | 2923 |
2924 % @defininfoenclose. | |
2925 \let\definfoenclose=\comment | |
2926 | |
2927 | |
2928 \message{indexing,} | |
2929 % Index generation facilities | |
2930 | |
2931 % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite | |
2932 % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. | |
2933 {\catcode`\@=11 | |
2934 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} | |
2935 | |
2936 % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. | |
2937 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that | |
2938 % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. | |
2939 % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for | |
2940 % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. | |
2941 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long | |
2942 % for the sake of vms. | |
2943 % | |
2944 \def\newindex#1{% | |
2945 \iflinks | |
2946 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname | |
2947 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file | |
2948 \fi | |
2949 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index | |
2950 \noexpand\doindex{#1}} | |
2951 } | |
2952 | |
2953 % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} | |
2954 % | |
2955 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} | |
2956 | |
2957 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. | |
2958 % | |
2959 \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} | |
2960 % | |
2961 \def\newcodeindex#1{% | |
2962 \iflinks | |
2963 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname | |
2964 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 | |
2965 \fi | |
2966 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% | |
2967 \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% | |
2968 } | |
2969 | |
2970 | |
2971 % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. | |
2972 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
2973 % |
41418 | 2974 % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo |
2975 % inside @code. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
2976 % |
41418 | 2977 \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} |
2978 \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} | |
2979 | |
2980 % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), | |
2981 % #3 the target index (bar). | |
2982 \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% | |
2983 % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up | |
2984 % closing the target index. | |
2985 \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined | |
2986 % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the | |
2987 % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. | |
2988 \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname | |
2989 \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 | |
2990 \fi | |
2991 % redefine \fooindfile: | |
2992 \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname | |
2993 \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp | |
2994 % redefine \fooindex: | |
2995 \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% | |
2996 } | |
2997 | |
2998 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. | |
2999 % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, | |
3000 % and it is "foo", the name of the index. | |
3001 | |
3002 % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. | |
3003 % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. | |
3004 | |
3005 % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} | |
3006 % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. | |
3007 | |
3008 \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} | |
3009 \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} | |
3010 | |
3011 % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. | |
3012 \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} | |
3013 \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} | |
3014 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3015 % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3016 % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3017 % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
3018 % |
41418 | 3019 \def\indexdummies{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3020 \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3021 \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3022 % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3023 % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3024 % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3025 \let\{ = \mylbrace |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3026 \let\} = \myrbrace |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3027 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3028 % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3029 % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3030 % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3031 % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3032 % from whatever follows. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3033 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3034 % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3035 % space. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3036 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3037 % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3038 % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3039 % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3040 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3041 \def\definedummyword##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3042 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3043 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3044 \def\definedummyletter##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3045 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3046 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3047 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3048 % Do the redefinitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3049 \commondummies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3050 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3051 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3052 % For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3053 % everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3054 % @, this will be simpler. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3055 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3056 \def\atdummies{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3057 \def\@{@@}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3058 \def\ {@ }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3059 \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3060 \let\} = \rbraceatcmd |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3061 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3062 % (See comments in \indexdummies.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3063 \def\definedummyword##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3064 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3065 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3066 \def\definedummyletter##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3067 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3068 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3069 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3070 % Do the redefinitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3071 \commondummies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3072 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3073 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3074 % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3075 % \definedummyletter must be defined first. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3076 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3077 \def\commondummies{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3078 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3079 \normalturnoffactive |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3080 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3081 % Control letters and accents. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3082 \definedummyletter{_}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3083 \definedummyletter{,}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3084 \definedummyletter{"}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3085 \definedummyletter{`}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3086 \definedummyletter{'}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3087 \definedummyletter{^}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3088 \definedummyletter{~}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3089 \definedummyletter{=}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3090 \definedummyword{u}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3091 \definedummyword{v}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3092 \definedummyword{H}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3093 \definedummyword{dotaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3094 \definedummyword{ringaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3095 \definedummyword{tieaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3096 \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3097 \definedummyword{udotaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3098 \definedummyword{dotless}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3099 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3100 % Other non-English letters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3101 \definedummyword{AA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3102 \definedummyword{AE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3103 \definedummyword{L}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3104 \definedummyword{OE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3105 \definedummyword{O}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3106 \definedummyword{aa}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3107 \definedummyword{ae}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3108 \definedummyword{l}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3109 \definedummyword{oe}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3110 \definedummyword{o}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3111 \definedummyword{ss}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3112 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3113 % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3114 \definedummyword{bf}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3115 \definedummyword{gtr}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3116 \definedummyword{hat}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3117 \definedummyword{less}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3118 \definedummyword{sf}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3119 \definedummyword{sl}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3120 \definedummyword{tclose}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3121 \definedummyword{tt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3122 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3123 % Texinfo font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3124 \definedummyword{b}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3125 \definedummyword{i}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3126 \definedummyword{r}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3127 \definedummyword{sc}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3128 \definedummyword{t}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3129 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3130 \definedummyword{TeX}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3131 \definedummyword{acronym}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3132 \definedummyword{cite}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3133 \definedummyword{code}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3134 \definedummyword{command}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3135 \definedummyword{dfn}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3136 \definedummyword{dots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3137 \definedummyword{emph}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3138 \definedummyword{env}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3139 \definedummyword{file}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3140 \definedummyword{kbd}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3141 \definedummyword{key}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3142 \definedummyword{math}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3143 \definedummyword{option}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3144 \definedummyword{samp}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3145 \definedummyword{strong}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3146 \definedummyword{uref}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3147 \definedummyword{url}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3148 \definedummyword{var}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3149 \definedummyword{w}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3150 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3151 % Assorted special characters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3152 \definedummyword{bullet}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3153 \definedummyword{copyright}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3154 \definedummyword{dots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3155 \definedummyword{enddots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3156 \definedummyword{equiv}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3157 \definedummyword{error}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3158 \definedummyword{expansion}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3159 \definedummyword{minus}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3160 \definedummyword{pounds}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3161 \definedummyword{point}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3162 \definedummyword{print}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3163 \definedummyword{result}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3164 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3165 % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3166 % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3167 % (non-fully-expandable) commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3168 \let\value = \expandablevalue |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3169 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3170 % Normal spaces, not active ones. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3171 \unsepspaces |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3172 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3173 % No macro expansion. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3174 \turnoffmacros |
41418 | 3175 } |
3176 | |
3177 % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces | |
3178 % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
3179 % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). |
41418 | 3180 {\obeyspaces |
3181 \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} | |
3182 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3183 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3184 % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3185 % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3186 % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3187 % would be for a given command (usually its argument). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3188 % |
41418 | 3189 \def\indexdummytex{TeX} |
3190 \def\indexdummydots{...} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3191 % |
41418 | 3192 \def\indexnofonts{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3193 \def\ { }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3194 \def\@{@}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3195 % how to handle braces? |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3196 \def\_{\normalunderscore}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3197 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3198 \let\,=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3199 \let\"=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3200 \let\`=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3201 \let\'=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3202 \let\^=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3203 \let\~=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3204 \let\==\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3205 \let\u=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3206 \let\v=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3207 \let\H=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3208 \let\dotaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3209 \let\ringaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3210 \let\tieaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3211 \let\ubaraccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3212 \let\udotaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3213 \let\dotless=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3214 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3215 % Other non-English letters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3216 \def\AA{AA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3217 \def\AE{AE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3218 \def\L{L}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3219 \def\OE{OE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3220 \def\O{O}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3221 \def\aa{aa}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3222 \def\ae{ae}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3223 \def\l{l}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3224 \def\oe{oe}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3225 \def\o{o}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3226 \def\ss{ss}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3227 \def\exclamdown{!}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3228 \def\questiondown{?}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3229 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3230 % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3231 % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3232 % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3233 %\let\tt=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3234 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3235 % Texinfo font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3236 \let\b=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3237 \let\i=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3238 \let\r=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3239 \let\sc=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3240 \let\t=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3241 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3242 \let\TeX=\indexdummytex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3243 \let\acronym=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3244 \let\cite=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3245 \let\code=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3246 \let\command=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3247 \let\dfn=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3248 \let\dots=\indexdummydots |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3249 \let\emph=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3250 \let\env=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3251 \let\file=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3252 \let\kbd=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3253 \let\key=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3254 \let\math=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3255 \let\option=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3256 \let\samp=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3257 \let\strong=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3258 \let\uref=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3259 \let\url=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3260 \let\var=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3261 \let\w=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3262 } |
41418 | 3263 |
3264 \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. | |
3265 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? | |
3266 | |
3267 % For \ifx comparisons. | |
3268 \def\emptymacro{\empty} | |
3269 | |
3270 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. | |
3271 % | |
3272 \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} | |
3273 | |
3274 % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. | |
3275 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- | |
3276 % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception | |
3277 % is with defuns, which call us directly. | |
3278 % | |
3279 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% | |
3280 % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. | |
3281 \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else | |
3282 \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% | |
3283 \fi | |
3284 {% | |
3285 \count255=\lastpenalty | |
3286 {% | |
3287 \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage | |
3288 \escapechar=`\\ | |
3289 {% | |
3290 \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. | |
3291 \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now | |
3292 % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. | |
3293 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3294 % The main index entry text. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3295 \toks0 = {#2}% |
41418 | 3296 % |
3297 % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3298 \def\thirdarg{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3299 \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3300 % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3301 % line to write. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3302 \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% |
41418 | 3303 \fi |
3304 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3305 % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3306 % get the string to sort by. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3307 {\indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3308 \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3309 \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3310 }% |
41418 | 3311 % |
3312 % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and | |
3313 % the original text, including any font commands. We write | |
3314 % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the | |
3315 % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s | |
3316 % sorted result. | |
3317 \edef\temp{% | |
3318 \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% | |
3319 \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% | |
3320 }% | |
3321 % | |
3322 % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it | |
3323 % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting | |
3324 % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the | |
3325 % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences | |
3326 % like this: | |
3327 % @end defun | |
3328 % @tindex whatever | |
3329 % @defun ... | |
3330 % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the | |
3331 % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of | |
3332 % the previous defun. | |
3333 % | |
3334 % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We | |
3335 % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. | |
3336 % | |
3337 % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. | |
3338 % | |
3339 \iflinks | |
3340 \ifvmode | |
3341 \skip0 = \lastskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3342 \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi |
41418 | 3343 \fi |
3344 % | |
3345 \temp % do the write | |
3346 % | |
3347 \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi | |
3348 \fi | |
3349 }% | |
3350 }% | |
3351 \penalty\count255 | |
3352 }% | |
3353 } | |
3354 | |
3355 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like | |
3356 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} | |
3357 % or | |
3358 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} | |
3359 % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files | |
3360 % containing these kinds of lines: | |
3361 % \initial {c} | |
3362 % before the first topic whose initial is c | |
3363 % \entry {topic}{pagelist} | |
3364 % for a topic that is used without subtopics | |
3365 % \primary {topic} | |
3366 % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics | |
3367 % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} | |
3368 % for each subtopic. | |
3369 | |
3370 % Define the user-accessible indexing commands | |
3371 % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. | |
3372 | |
3373 \def\findex {\fnindex} | |
3374 \def\kindex {\kyindex} | |
3375 \def\cindex {\cpindex} | |
3376 \def\vindex {\vrindex} | |
3377 \def\tindex {\tpindex} | |
3378 \def\pindex {\pgindex} | |
3379 | |
3380 \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} | |
3381 {\obeylines % | |
3382 \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % | |
3383 \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} | |
3384 | |
3385 % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. | |
3386 | |
3387 % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. | |
3388 % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). | |
3389 % | |
3390 \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} | |
3391 \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup | |
3392 \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% | |
3393 % | |
3394 \smallfonts \rm | |
3395 \tolerance = 9500 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3396 \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. |
41418 | 3397 \indexbreaks |
3398 % | |
3399 % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. | |
3400 % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains | |
3401 % \initial {@} | |
3402 % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces | |
3403 % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). | |
3404 \catcode`\@ = 11 | |
3405 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s | |
3406 \ifeof 1 | |
3407 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, | |
3408 % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the | |
3409 % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure | |
3410 % there is some text. | |
3411 \putwordIndexNonexistent | |
3412 \else | |
3413 % | |
3414 % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof | |
3415 % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so | |
3416 % it can discover if there is anything in it. | |
3417 \read 1 to \temp | |
3418 \ifeof 1 | |
3419 \putwordIndexIsEmpty | |
3420 \else | |
3421 % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape | |
3422 % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change | |
3423 % to make right now. | |
3424 \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% | |
3425 \catcode`\\ = 0 | |
3426 \escapechar = `\\ | |
3427 \begindoublecolumns | |
3428 \input \jobname.#1s | |
3429 \enddoublecolumns | |
3430 \fi | |
3431 \fi | |
3432 \closein 1 | |
3433 \endgroup} | |
3434 | |
3435 % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. | |
3436 % Change them to control the appearance of the index. | |
3437 | |
3438 \def\initial#1{{% | |
3439 % Some minor font changes for the special characters. | |
3440 \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt | |
3441 % | |
3442 % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. | |
3443 \removelastskip | |
3444 % | |
3445 % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. | |
3446 \penalty -300 | |
3447 % | |
3448 % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of | |
3449 % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column | |
3450 % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch | |
3451 % we need before each entry, but it's better. | |
3452 % | |
3453 % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. | |
3454 \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip | |
3455 \leftline{\secbf #1}% | |
3456 \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip | |
3457 % | |
3458 % Do our best not to break after the initial. | |
3459 \nobreak | |
3460 }} | |
3461 | |
3462 % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 | |
3463 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents | |
3464 % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. | |
3465 % | |
3466 \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup | |
3467 % | |
3468 % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't | |
3469 % affect previous text. | |
3470 \par | |
3471 % | |
3472 % Do not fill out the last line with white space. | |
3473 \parfillskip = 0in | |
3474 % | |
3475 % No extra space above this paragraph. | |
3476 \parskip = 0in | |
3477 % | |
3478 % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. | |
3479 \finalhyphendemerits = 0 | |
3480 % | |
3481 % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number | |
3482 % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the | |
3483 % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large | |
3484 % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across | |
3485 % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. | |
3486 % | |
3487 % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start | |
3488 % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. | |
3489 \hangindent = 2em | |
3490 % | |
3491 % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line | |
3492 % with blank space. | |
3493 \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil | |
3494 % | |
3495 % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. | |
3496 \vskip 0pt plus1pt | |
3497 % | |
3498 % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking | |
3499 % parameters we've set above will have an effect. | |
3500 \noindent | |
3501 % | |
3502 % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. | |
3503 #1% | |
3504 % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if | |
3505 % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be | |
3506 % cursed by a Unix daemon. | |
3507 \def\tempa{{\rm }}% | |
3508 \def\tempb{#2}% | |
3509 \edef\tempc{\tempa}% | |
3510 \edef\tempd{\tempb}% | |
3511 \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% | |
3512 % | |
3513 % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out | |
3514 % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the | |
3515 % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) | |
3516 \hfil\penalty50 | |
3517 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. | |
3518 % | |
3519 % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as | |
3520 % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull | |
3521 % \hbox ensues. | |
3522 \ifpdf | |
3523 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3524 \else | |
3525 \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3526 \fi | |
3527 \fi% | |
3528 \par | |
3529 \endgroup} | |
3530 | |
3531 % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. | |
3532 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders | |
3533 \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} | |
3534 | |
3535 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} | |
3536 | |
3537 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm | |
3538 \def\secondary#1#2{{% | |
3539 \parfillskip=0in | |
3540 \parskip=0in | |
3541 \hangindent=1in | |
3542 \hangafter=1 | |
3543 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill | |
3544 \ifpdf | |
3545 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3546 \else | |
3547 #2 | |
3548 \fi | |
3549 \par | |
3550 }} | |
3551 | |
3552 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. | |
3553 % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, | |
3554 % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. | |
3555 \catcode`\@=11 | |
3556 | |
3557 \newbox\partialpage | |
3558 \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize | |
3559 | |
3560 \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns | |
3561 % Grab any single-column material above us. | |
3562 \output = {% | |
3563 % | |
3564 % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a | |
3565 % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output | |
3566 % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is | |
3567 % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In | |
3568 % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal | |
3569 % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this | |
3570 % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. | |
3571 \ifvoid\partialpage \else | |
3572 \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% | |
3573 \fi | |
3574 % | |
3575 \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% | |
3576 % Unvbox the main output page. | |
3577 \unvbox\PAGE | |
3578 \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip | |
3579 }% | |
3580 }% | |
3581 \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage | |
3582 % | |
3583 % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. | |
3584 \output = {\doublecolumnout}% | |
3585 % | |
3586 % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this | |
3587 % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 | |
3588 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple | |
3589 % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the | |
3590 % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. | |
3591 % | |
3592 % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between | |
3593 % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it | |
3594 % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant | |
3595 % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) | |
3596 % as it did when we hard-coded it. | |
3597 % | |
3598 % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we | |
3599 % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) | |
3600 % been clobbered. | |
3601 % | |
3602 \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize | |
3603 \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize | |
3604 \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 | |
3605 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize | |
3606 % | |
3607 % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, | |
3608 % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) | |
3609 \vsize = 2\vsize | |
3610 } | |
3611 | |
3612 % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except | |
3613 % the last. | |
3614 % | |
3615 \def\doublecolumnout{% | |
3616 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth | |
3617 % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal | |
3618 % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the | |
3619 % previous page. | |
3620 \dimen@ = \vsize | |
3621 \divide\dimen@ by 2 | |
3622 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage | |
3623 % | |
3624 % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. | |
3625 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ | |
3626 \onepageout\pagesofar | |
3627 \unvbox255 | |
3628 \penalty\outputpenalty | |
3629 } | |
3630 % | |
3631 % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, | |
3632 % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. | |
3633 \def\pagesofar{% | |
3634 \unvbox\partialpage | |
3635 % | |
3636 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize | |
3637 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize | |
3638 \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% | |
3639 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
3640 % |
41418 | 3641 % All done with double columns. |
3642 \def\enddoublecolumns{% | |
3643 \output = {% | |
3644 % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the | |
3645 % current page, no automatic page break. | |
3646 \balancecolumns | |
3647 % | |
3648 % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, | |
3649 % though, there will be another page break right after this \output | |
3650 % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not | |
3651 % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal | |
3652 % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be | |
3653 % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes | |
3654 % the output somewhat more palatable.) | |
3655 \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% | |
3656 }% | |
3657 \eject | |
3658 \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns | |
3659 % | |
3660 % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted | |
3661 % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column | |
3662 % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the | |
3663 % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). | |
3664 \pagegoal = \vsize | |
3665 } | |
3666 % | |
3667 % Called at the end of the double column material. | |
3668 \def\balancecolumns{% | |
3669 \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. | |
3670 \dimen@ = \ht0 | |
3671 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip | |
3672 \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip | |
3673 \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to | |
3674 %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% | |
3675 \splittopskip = \topskip | |
3676 % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. | |
3677 {% | |
3678 \vbadness = 10000 | |
3679 \loop | |
3680 \global\setbox3 = \copy0 | |
3681 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ | |
3682 \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ | |
3683 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt | |
3684 \repeat | |
3685 }% | |
3686 %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% | |
3687 \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% | |
3688 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% | |
3689 % | |
3690 \pagesofar | |
3691 } | |
3692 \catcode`\@ = \other | |
3693 | |
3694 | |
3695 \message{sectioning,} | |
3696 % Chapters, sections, etc. | |
3697 | |
3698 \newcount\chapno | |
3699 \newcount\secno \secno=0 | |
3700 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 | |
3701 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 | |
3702 | |
3703 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... | |
3704 \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ | |
3705 % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} | |
3706 % We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual | |
3707 % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. | |
3708 \def\appendixletter{% | |
3709 \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% | |
3710 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% | |
3711 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% | |
3712 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% | |
3713 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% | |
3714 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% | |
3715 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% | |
3716 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% | |
3717 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% | |
3718 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% | |
3719 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% | |
3720 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% | |
3721 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% | |
3722 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% | |
3723 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% | |
3724 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% | |
3725 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% | |
3726 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% | |
3727 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% | |
3728 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% | |
3729 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% | |
3730 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% | |
3731 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% | |
3732 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% | |
3733 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% | |
3734 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% | |
3735 % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is | |
3736 % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not | |
3737 % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out | |
3738 % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. | |
3739 \else\char\the\appendixno | |
3740 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi | |
3741 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} | |
3742 | |
3743 % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. | |
3744 % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. | |
3745 \def\thischapter{} | |
3746 \def\thissection{} | |
3747 | |
3748 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level | |
3749 \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count | |
3750 | |
3751 % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. | |
3752 \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} | |
3753 \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name | |
3754 | |
3755 % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. | |
3756 \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} | |
3757 \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name | |
3758 | |
3759 % Choose a numbered-heading macro | |
3760 % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections | |
3761 % #2 is text for heading | |
3762 \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3763 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3764 \chapterzzz{#2} | |
3765 \or | |
3766 \seczzz{#2} | |
3767 \or | |
3768 \numberedsubseczzz{#2} | |
3769 \or | |
3770 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3771 \else | |
3772 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3773 \chapterzzz{#2} | |
3774 \else | |
3775 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3776 \fi | |
3777 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3778 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3779 } |
3780 | |
3781 % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels | |
3782 \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3783 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3784 \appendixzzz{#2} | |
3785 \or | |
3786 \appendixsectionzzz{#2} | |
3787 \or | |
3788 \appendixsubseczzz{#2} | |
3789 \or | |
3790 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3791 \else | |
3792 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3793 \appendixzzz{#2} | |
3794 \else | |
3795 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3796 \fi | |
3797 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3798 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3799 } |
3800 | |
3801 % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels | |
3802 \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3803 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3804 \unnumberedzzz{#2} | |
3805 \or | |
3806 \unnumberedseczzz{#2} | |
3807 \or | |
3808 \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} | |
3809 \or | |
3810 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3811 \else | |
3812 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3813 \unnumberedzzz{#2} | |
3814 \else | |
3815 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3816 \fi | |
3817 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3818 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3819 } |
3820 | |
3821 % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. | |
3822 \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} | |
3823 \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} | |
3824 \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz | |
3825 \def\chapterzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3826 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3827 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3828 \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3829 \gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3830 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3831 % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3832 % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3833 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3834 \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3835 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3836 \global\let\section = \numberedsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3837 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3838 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3839 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3840 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3841 % we use \chapno to avoid indenting back |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3842 \def\appendixbox#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3843 \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3844 \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}} |
41418 | 3845 |
3846 \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} | |
3847 \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz | |
3848 \def\appendixzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3849 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3850 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3851 \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3852 \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3853 \gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3854 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3855 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3856 \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3857 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3858 \global\let\section = \appendixsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3859 \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3860 \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec |
41418 | 3861 } |
3862 | |
3863 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. | |
3864 \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} | |
3865 \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} | |
3866 | |
3867 % @top is like @unnumbered. | |
3868 \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} | |
3869 | |
3870 \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} | |
3871 \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz | |
3872 \def\unnumberedzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3873 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3874 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3875 % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3876 % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3877 % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3878 % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3879 % to be executed, not expanded). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3880 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3881 % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3882 % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3883 % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3884 % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3885 % the toc entries.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3886 \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3887 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3888 \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3889 \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3890 \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3891 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3892 \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3893 \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3894 \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec |
41418 | 3895 } |
3896 | |
3897 % Sections. | |
3898 \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} | |
3899 \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz | |
3900 \def\seczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3901 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3902 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3903 \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3904 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3905 \nobreak |
41418 | 3906 } |
3907 | |
3908 \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} | |
3909 \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} | |
3910 \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz | |
3911 \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3912 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3913 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3914 \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3915 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3916 \nobreak |
41418 | 3917 } |
3918 | |
3919 \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} | |
3920 \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz | |
3921 \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3922 \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3923 \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3924 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3925 \nobreak |
41418 | 3926 } |
3927 | |
3928 % Subsections. | |
3929 \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} | |
3930 \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz | |
3931 \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3932 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3933 \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3934 \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3935 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3936 \nobreak |
41418 | 3937 } |
3938 | |
3939 \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} | |
3940 \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz | |
3941 \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3942 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3943 \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3944 \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3945 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3946 \nobreak |
41418 | 3947 } |
3948 | |
3949 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} | |
3950 \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz | |
3951 \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3952 \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3953 \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3954 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3955 \nobreak |
41418 | 3956 } |
3957 | |
3958 % Subsubsections. | |
3959 \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} | |
3960 \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz | |
3961 \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3962 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3963 \subsubsecheading {#1} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3964 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3965 \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3966 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3967 \nobreak |
41418 | 3968 } |
3969 | |
3970 \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} | |
3971 \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz | |
3972 \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3973 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3974 \subsubsecheading {#1} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3975 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3976 \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3977 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3978 \nobreak |
41418 | 3979 } |
3980 | |
3981 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} | |
3982 \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz | |
3983 \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3984 \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3985 \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3986 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3987 \nobreak |
41418 | 3988 } |
3989 | |
3990 % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. | |
3991 % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. | |
3992 \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} | |
3993 \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} | |
3994 \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} | |
3995 \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} | |
3996 \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} | |
3997 | |
3998 \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} | |
3999 \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} | |
4000 \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} | |
4001 \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} | |
4002 | |
4003 \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} | |
4004 \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} | |
4005 \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} | |
4006 \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} | |
4007 | |
4008 % These macros control what the section commands do, according | |
4009 % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). | |
4010 % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. | |
4011 \global\let\section = \numberedsec | |
4012 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec | |
4013 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec | |
4014 | |
4015 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading | |
4016 | |
4017 % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: | |
4018 % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit | |
4019 % overlong headings to fold. | |
4020 % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a | |
4021 % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. | |
4022 % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and | |
4023 % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. | |
4024 | |
4025 | |
4026 \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} | |
4027 \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4028 {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4029 {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4030 \parindent=0pt\raggedright |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4031 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} |
41418 | 4032 |
4033 \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} | |
4034 \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4035 {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4036 \parindent=0pt\raggedright |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4037 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} |
41418 | 4038 |
4039 % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. | |
4040 \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} | |
4041 \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} | |
4042 \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} | |
4043 | |
4044 % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only | |
4045 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), | |
4046 % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. | |
4047 | |
4048 %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) | |
4049 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} | |
4050 | |
4051 \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} | |
4052 | |
4053 %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it | |
4054 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) | |
4055 | |
4056 \newskip\chapheadingskip | |
4057 | |
4058 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} | |
4059 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} | |
4060 \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} | |
4061 | |
4062 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} | |
4063 | |
4064 \def\CHAPPAGoff{% | |
4065 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
4066 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak | |
4067 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} | |
4068 | |
4069 \def\CHAPPAGon{% | |
4070 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
4071 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager | |
4072 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager | |
4073 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} | |
4074 | |
4075 \def\CHAPPAGodd{ | |
4076 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
4077 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage | |
4078 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage | |
4079 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} | |
4080 | |
4081 \CHAPPAGon | |
4082 | |
4083 \def\CHAPFplain{ | |
4084 \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain | |
4085 \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain | |
4086 \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} | |
4087 | |
4088 % Plain chapter opening. | |
4089 % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. | |
4090 \def\chfplain#1#2{% | |
4091 \pchapsepmacro | |
4092 {% | |
4093 \chapfonts \rm | |
4094 \def\chapnum{#2}% | |
4095 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% | |
4096 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright | |
4097 \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe | |
4098 \unhbox0 #1\par}% | |
4099 }% | |
4100 \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title | |
4101 \nobreak | |
4102 } | |
4103 | |
4104 % Plain opening for unnumbered. | |
4105 \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} | |
4106 | |
4107 % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. | |
4108 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax | |
4109 \def\centerchfplain#1{{% | |
4110 \def\centerparametersmaybe{% | |
4111 \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip | |
4112 \leftskip = \rightskip | |
4113 \parfillskip = 0pt | |
4114 }% | |
4115 \chfplain{#1}{}% | |
4116 }} | |
4117 | |
4118 \CHAPFplain % The default | |
4119 | |
4120 \def\unnchfopen #1{% | |
4121 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 | |
4122 \parindent=0pt\raggedright | |
4123 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak | |
4124 } | |
4125 | |
4126 \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts | |
4127 \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% | |
4128 \par\penalty 5000 % | |
4129 } | |
4130 | |
4131 \def\centerchfopen #1{% | |
4132 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 | |
4133 \parindent=0pt | |
4134 \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak | |
4135 } | |
4136 | |
4137 \def\CHAPFopen{ | |
4138 \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen | |
4139 \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen | |
4140 \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} | |
4141 | |
4142 | |
4143 % Section titles. | |
4144 \newskip\secheadingskip | |
4145 \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} | |
4146 \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} | |
4147 \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} | |
4148 | |
4149 % Subsection titles. | |
4150 \newskip \subsecheadingskip | |
4151 \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} | |
4152 \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} | |
4153 \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} | |
4154 | |
4155 % Subsubsection titles. | |
4156 \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip | |
4157 \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak | |
4158 \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} | |
4159 \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} | |
4160 | |
4161 | |
4162 % Print any size section title. | |
4163 % | |
4164 % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section | |
4165 % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. | |
4166 \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% | |
4167 {% | |
4168 \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip | |
4169 \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname | |
4170 }% | |
4171 {% | |
4172 % Switch to the right set of fonts. | |
4173 \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm | |
4174 % | |
4175 % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. | |
4176 \def\secnum{#2}% | |
4177 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% | |
4178 % | |
4179 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright | |
4180 \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number | |
4181 \unhbox0 #3}% | |
4182 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4183 % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4184 % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4185 % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4186 \nobreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4187 \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4188 \kern\parskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4189 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4190 \kern\normalbaselineskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4191 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4192 \nobreak |
41418 | 4193 } |
4194 | |
4195 | |
4196 \message{toc,} | |
4197 % Table of contents. | |
4198 \newwrite\tocfile | |
4199 | |
4200 % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. | |
4201 % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the | |
4202 % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. | |
4203 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4204 % Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4205 % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4206 % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. |
41418 | 4207 % |
4208 \newif\iftocfileopened | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4209 \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% |
41418 | 4210 \iftocfileopened\else |
4211 \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc | |
4212 \global\tocfileopenedtrue | |
4213 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4214 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4215 \iflinks |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4216 \toks0 = {#2}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4217 \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4218 \temp |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4219 \fi |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4220 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4221 % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4222 % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4223 % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4224 % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4225 % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4226 % two named `2'. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4227 \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi |
41418 | 4228 } |
4229 | |
4230 \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in | |
4231 \newcount\savepageno | |
4232 \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 | |
4233 | |
4234 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written | |
4235 % to \tocfile. | |
4236 % | |
4237 \def\startcontents#1{% | |
4238 % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should | |
4239 % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain | |
4240 % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. | |
4241 % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> | |
4242 \contentsalignmacro | |
4243 \immediate\closeout\tocfile | |
4244 % | |
4245 % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. | |
4246 % It is abundantly clear what they are. | |
4247 \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% | |
4248 \savepageno = \pageno | |
4249 \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. | |
4250 \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 | |
4251 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section | |
4252 % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. | |
4253 %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi | |
4254 \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. | |
4255 \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. | |
4256 % | |
4257 % Roman numerals for page numbers. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4258 \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi |
41418 | 4259 } |
4260 | |
4261 | |
4262 % Normal (long) toc. | |
4263 \def\contents{% | |
4264 \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% | |
4265 \openin 1 \jobname.toc | |
4266 \ifeof 1 \else | |
4267 \closein 1 | |
4268 \input \jobname.toc | |
4269 \fi | |
4270 \vfill \eject | |
4271 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect | |
4272 \pdfmakeoutlines | |
4273 \endgroup | |
4274 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4275 \global\pageno = \savepageno |
41418 | 4276 } |
4277 | |
4278 % And just the chapters. | |
4279 \def\summarycontents{% | |
4280 \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% | |
4281 % | |
4282 \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4283 \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry |
41418 | 4284 \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry |
4285 % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. | |
4286 \secfonts | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4287 \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4288 \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt |
41418 | 4289 \rm |
4290 \hyphenpenalty = 10000 | |
4291 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. | |
4292 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} | |
4293 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} | |
4294 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4295 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4296 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4297 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
41418 | 4298 \openin 1 \jobname.toc |
4299 \ifeof 1 \else | |
4300 \closein 1 | |
4301 \input \jobname.toc | |
4302 \fi | |
4303 \vfill \eject | |
4304 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect | |
4305 \endgroup | |
4306 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4307 \global\pageno = \savepageno |
41418 | 4308 } |
4309 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents | |
4310 | |
4311 \ifpdf | |
4312 \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% | |
4313 \fi | |
4314 | |
4315 % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. | |
4316 % The first argument is the chapter or section name. | |
4317 % The last argument is the page number. | |
4318 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... | |
4319 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4320 % Chapters, in the main contents. |
41418 | 4321 \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4322 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4323 % Chapters, in the short toc. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4324 % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. |
41418 | 4325 \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% |
4326 \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% | |
4327 } | |
4328 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4329 % Appendices, in the main contents. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4330 \def\appendixentry#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4331 \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4332 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4333 % Appendices, in the short toc. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4334 \let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
41418 | 4336 % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4337 % The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. |
41418 | 4338 % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry |
4339 % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry | |
4340 % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. | |
4341 % | |
4342 \newdimen\shortappendixwidth | |
4343 % | |
4344 \def\shortchaplabel#1{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4345 % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the |
41418 | 4346 % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4347 % But use \hss just in case. |
41418 | 4348 % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after |
4349 % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4350 \dimen0 = 1em |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4351 \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}% |
41418 | 4352 } |
4353 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4354 % Unnumbered chapters. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4355 \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4356 \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}} |
41418 | 4357 |
4358 % Sections. | |
4359 \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4360 \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} |
41418 | 4361 |
4362 % Subsections. | |
4363 \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4364 \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}} |
41418 | 4365 |
4366 % And subsubsections. | |
4367 \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% | |
4368 \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4369 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}} |
41418 | 4370 |
4371 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. | |
4372 \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc | |
4373 | |
4374 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the | |
4375 % page number. | |
4376 % | |
4377 % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters | |
4378 % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. | |
4379 \def\dochapentry#1#2{% | |
4380 \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip | |
4381 \begingroup | |
4382 \chapentryfonts | |
4383 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4384 \endgroup | |
4385 \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip | |
4386 } | |
4387 | |
4388 \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4389 \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent | |
4390 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4391 \endgroup} | |
4392 | |
4393 \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4394 \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent | |
4395 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4396 \endgroup} | |
4397 | |
4398 \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4399 \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent | |
4400 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4401 \endgroup} | |
4402 | |
4403 % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for | |
4404 % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We | |
4405 % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist | |
4406 % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) | |
4407 \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4408 \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks | |
4409 % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4410 % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we |
41418 | 4411 % have to do the usual translation tricks. |
4412 \entry{#1}{#2}% | |
4413 \endgroup} | |
4414 | |
4415 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. | |
4416 \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} | |
4417 | |
4418 \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} | |
4419 \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} | |
4420 | |
4421 \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} | |
4422 \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} | |
4423 \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts | |
4424 \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts | |
4425 | |
4426 | |
4427 \message{environments,} | |
4428 % @foo ... @end foo. | |
4429 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4430 % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4431 % |
41418 | 4432 % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of |
4433 % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4434 % |
41418 | 4435 \def\point{$\star$} |
4436 \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} | |
4437 \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} | |
4438 \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} | |
4439 \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} | |
4440 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4441 % The @error{} command. |
41418 | 4442 % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4443 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4444 \newbox\errorbox |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4445 % |
41418 | 4446 {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. |
4447 \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules | |
4448 % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) | |
4449 \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4450 % |
41418 | 4451 \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil |
4452 \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. | |
4453 \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. | |
4454 \vbox{ | |
4455 \hrule height\dimen2 | |
4456 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. | |
4457 \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. | |
4458 \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. | |
4459 \hrule height\dimen2} | |
4460 \hfil} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4461 % |
41418 | 4462 \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} |
4463 | |
4464 % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. | |
4465 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. | |
4466 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. | |
4467 | |
4468 \def\tex{\begingroup | |
4469 \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 | |
4470 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4471 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie |
41418 | 4472 \catcode `\%=14 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4473 \catcode `\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4474 \catcode `\"=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4475 \catcode `\==\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4476 \catcode `\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4477 \catcode `\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4478 \catcode `\>=\other |
41418 | 4479 \escapechar=`\\ |
4480 % | |
4481 \let\b=\ptexb | |
4482 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet | |
4483 \let\c=\ptexc | |
4484 \let\,=\ptexcomma | |
4485 \let\.=\ptexdot | |
4486 \let\dots=\ptexdots | |
4487 \let\equiv=\ptexequiv | |
4488 \let\!=\ptexexclam | |
4489 \let\i=\ptexi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4490 \let\indent=\ptexindent |
41418 | 4491 \let\{=\ptexlbrace |
4492 \let\+=\tabalign | |
4493 \let\}=\ptexrbrace | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4494 \let\/=\ptexslash |
41418 | 4495 \let\*=\ptexstar |
4496 \let\t=\ptext | |
4497 % | |
4498 \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% | |
4499 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% | |
4500 \def\@{@}% | |
4501 \let\Etex=\endgroup} | |
4502 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4503 % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. |
41418 | 4504 % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4505 % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). |
41418 | 4506 |
4507 % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. | |
4508 \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in | |
4509 | |
4510 % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other | |
4511 % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't | |
4512 % have any width. | |
4513 \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} | |
4514 | |
4515 % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword | |
4516 % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this | |
4517 % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input | |
4518 % should produce a line of output anyway. | |
4519 % | |
4520 {\obeyspaces % | |
4521 \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} | |
4522 | |
4523 % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is | |
4524 % for use in \parsearg. | |
4525 {\sepspaces% | |
4526 \global\let\obeyedspace= } | |
4527 | |
4528 % This space is always present above and below environments. | |
4529 \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt | |
4530 | |
4531 % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here | |
4532 % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip | |
4533 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4534 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. |
41418 | 4535 % |
4536 \def\aboveenvbreak{{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4537 % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4538 \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else |
41418 | 4539 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip |
4540 \endgraf | |
4541 \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount | |
4542 \removelastskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4543 % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4544 % or better ... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4545 \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi |
41418 | 4546 \vskip\envskipamount |
4547 \fi | |
4548 \fi | |
4549 }} | |
4550 | |
4551 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak | |
4552 | |
4553 % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. | |
4554 \let\nonarrowing=\relax | |
4555 | |
4556 % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around | |
4557 % environment contents. | |
4558 \font\circle=lcircle10 | |
4559 \newdimen\circthick | |
4560 \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner | |
4561 \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip | |
4562 \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle | |
4563 % | |
4564 \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth | |
4565 \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} | |
4566 \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} | |
4567 \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} | |
4568 \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip | |
4569 \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr | |
4570 \hskip\rskip}} | |
4571 \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip | |
4572 \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr | |
4573 \hskip\rskip}} | |
4574 % | |
4575 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip | |
4576 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4577 \def\cartouche{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4578 \par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. |
41418 | 4579 \begingroup |
4580 \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip | |
4581 \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. | |
4582 \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip | |
4583 \advance\cartinner by-\rskip | |
4584 \cartouter=\hsize | |
4585 \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either | |
4586 % side, and for 6pt waste from | |
4587 % each corner char, and rule thickness | |
4588 \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip | |
4589 % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. | |
4590 \let\nonarrowing=\comment | |
4591 \vbox\bgroup | |
4592 \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt | |
4593 \carttop | |
4594 \hbox\bgroup | |
4595 \hskip\lskip | |
4596 \vrule\kern3pt | |
4597 \vbox\bgroup | |
4598 \hsize=\cartinner | |
4599 \kern3pt | |
4600 \begingroup | |
4601 \baselineskip=\normbskip | |
4602 \lineskip=\normlskip | |
4603 \parskip=\normpskip | |
4604 \vskip -\parskip | |
4605 \def\Ecartouche{% | |
4606 \endgroup | |
4607 \kern3pt | |
4608 \egroup | |
4609 \kern3pt\vrule | |
4610 \hskip\rskip | |
4611 \egroup | |
4612 \cartbot | |
4613 \egroup | |
4614 \endgroup | |
4615 }} | |
4616 | |
4617 | |
4618 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, | |
4619 % inside a group. | |
4620 \def\nonfillstart{% | |
4621 \aboveenvbreak | |
4622 \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body | |
4623 \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy | |
4624 \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. | |
4625 \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines | |
4626 \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output | |
4627 \parskip = 0pt | |
4628 \parindent = 0pt | |
4629 \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes | |
4630 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing | |
4631 % at next level down. | |
4632 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax | |
4633 \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4634 \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing | |
4635 \let\exdent=\nofillexdent | |
4636 \let\nonarrowing=\relax | |
4637 \fi | |
4638 } | |
4639 | |
4640 % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular | |
4641 % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. | |
4642 % | |
4643 % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via | |
4644 % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep | |
4645 % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be | |
4646 % inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after | |
4647 % the environment. | |
4648 % | |
4649 \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} | |
4650 | |
4651 % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. | |
4652 \def\lisp{\begingroup | |
4653 \nonfillstart | |
4654 \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish | |
4655 \tt | |
4656 \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. | |
4657 \gobble % eat return | |
4658 } | |
4659 | |
4660 % @example: Same as @lisp. | |
4661 \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} | |
4662 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4663 % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. |
41418 | 4664 % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4665 \def\smalllisp{\begingroup |
41418 | 4666 \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
4667 \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4668 \smallexamplefonts |
41418 | 4669 \lisp |
4670 } | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4671 \let\smallexample = \smalllisp |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
41418 | 4673 |
4674 % @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. | |
4675 % | |
4676 \def\display{\begingroup | |
4677 \nonfillstart | |
4678 \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish | |
4679 \gobble | |
4680 } | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4681 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4682 % @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4683 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4684 \def\smalldisplay{\begingroup |
41418 | 4685 \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4686 \smallexamplefonts \rm |
41418 | 4687 \display |
4688 } | |
4689 | |
4690 % @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. | |
4691 % | |
4692 \def\format{\begingroup | |
4693 \let\nonarrowing = t | |
4694 \nonfillstart | |
4695 \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish | |
4696 \gobble | |
4697 } | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4698 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4699 % @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4700 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4701 \def\smallformat{\begingroup |
41418 | 4702 \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4703 \smallexamplefonts \rm |
41418 | 4704 \format |
4705 } | |
4706 | |
4707 % @flushleft (same as @format). | |
4708 % | |
4709 \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} | |
4710 | |
4711 % @flushright. | |
4712 % | |
4713 \def\flushright{\begingroup | |
4714 \let\nonarrowing = t | |
4715 \nonfillstart | |
4716 \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish | |
4717 \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill | |
4718 \gobble | |
4719 } | |
4720 | |
4721 | |
4722 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) | |
4723 % and narrows the margins. | |
4724 % | |
4725 \def\quotation{% | |
4726 \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body | |
4727 {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip | |
4728 \parindent=0pt | |
4729 % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're | |
4730 % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... | |
4731 \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% | |
4732 % | |
4733 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. | |
4734 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax | |
4735 \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4736 \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4737 \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing | |
4738 \let\nonarrowing = \relax | |
4739 \fi | |
4740 } | |
4741 | |
4742 | |
4743 % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4744 % If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, |
41418 | 4745 % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: |
4746 % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org | |
4747 % | |
4748 % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. | |
4749 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4750 % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4751 % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4752 % verbatim line. |
41418 | 4753 \def\dospecials{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4754 \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4755 \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4756 \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4757 } |
41418 | 4758 % |
4759 % [Knuth] p. 380 | |
4760 \def\uncatcodespecials{% | |
4761 \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} | |
4762 % | |
4763 % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 | |
4764 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font | |
4765 \begingroup | |
4766 \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} | |
4767 \endgroup | |
4768 % | |
4769 % Setup for the @verb command. | |
4770 % | |
4771 % Eight spaces for a tab | |
4772 \begingroup | |
4773 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4774 \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} | |
4775 \endgroup | |
4776 % | |
4777 \def\setupverb{% | |
4778 \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim | |
4779 \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% | |
4780 \catcode`\`=\active | |
4781 \tabeightspaces | |
4782 % Respect line breaks, | |
4783 % print special symbols as themselves, and | |
4784 % make each space count | |
4785 % must do in this order: | |
4786 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces | |
4787 } | |
4788 | |
4789 % Setup for the @verbatim environment | |
4790 % | |
4791 % Real tab expansion | |
4792 \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount | |
4793 % | |
4794 \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} | |
4795 \begingroup | |
4796 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4797 \gdef\tabexpand{% | |
4798 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4799 \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup | |
4800 \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab | |
4801 \divide\dimen0 by\tabw | |
4802 \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw | |
4803 \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw | |
4804 \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox | |
4805 }% | |
4806 } | |
4807 \endgroup | |
4808 \def\setupverbatim{% | |
4809 % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim | |
4810 \tt | |
4811 \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% | |
4812 \catcode`\`=\active | |
4813 \tabexpand | |
4814 % Respect line breaks, | |
4815 % print special symbols as themselves, and | |
4816 % make each space count | |
4817 % must do in this order: | |
4818 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces | |
4819 \everypar{\starttabbox}% | |
4820 } | |
4821 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4822 % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4823 % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a |
41418 | 4824 % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: |
4825 % | |
4826 % \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} | |
4827 % | |
4828 % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} | |
4829 \begingroup | |
4830 \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 | |
4831 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] | |
4832 \endgroup | |
4833 % | |
4834 \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} | |
4835 % | |
4836 % | |
4837 % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that | |
4838 % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: | |
4839 % | |
4840 % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} | |
4841 % | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4842 % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, |
41418 | 4843 % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4844 % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. |
41418 | 4845 % |
4846 % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] | |
4847 %% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know | |
4848 %% \begingroup | |
4849 %% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 | |
4850 %% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active | |
4851 %% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ | |
4852 %% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] | |
4853 %% |endgroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4854 % |
41418 | 4855 \begingroup |
4856 \catcode`\ =\active | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4857 \obeylines % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4858 % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4859 % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4860 % line in the output. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4861 \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}% |
41418 | 4862 \endgroup |
4863 % | |
4864 \def\verbatim{% | |
4865 \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% | |
4866 \begingroup | |
4867 \nonfillstart | |
4868 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent | |
4869 \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim | |
4870 } | |
4871 | |
4872 % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. | |
4873 % | |
4874 % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). | |
4875 \def\verbatiminclude{% | |
4876 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4877 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4878 \catcode`~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4879 \catcode`^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4880 \catcode`_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4881 \catcode`|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4882 \catcode`<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4883 \catcode`>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4884 \catcode`+=\other |
41418 | 4885 \parsearg\doverbatiminclude |
4886 } | |
4887 \def\setupverbatiminclude{% | |
4888 \begingroup | |
4889 \nonfillstart | |
4890 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent | |
4891 \begingroup\setupverbatim | |
4892 } | |
4893 % | |
4894 \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% | |
4895 % Restore active chars for included file. | |
4896 \endgroup | |
4897 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4898 \let\value=\expandablevalue |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4899 \def\thisfile{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4900 \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4901 \endgroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4902 \nonfillfinish |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4903 \endgroup |
41418 | 4904 } |
4905 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4906 % @copying ... @end copying. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4907 % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4908 % allowed in this context, but that's ok. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4909 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4910 % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4911 % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4912 % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4913 % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4914 % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4915 % possible is very desirable. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4916 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4917 \def\copying{\begingroup |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4918 % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4919 % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4920 % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4921 % it, but that doesn't matter. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4922 \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4923 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4924 % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4925 \catcode`\^^M = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4926 \docopying |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4927 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4928 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4929 % What we do to finish off the copying text. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4930 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4931 \def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4932 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4933 % @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4934 % we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4935 % must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4936 % end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4937 % definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4938 % generate a \par. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4939 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4940 % Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4941 % then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4942 % do \par. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4943 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4944 % This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4945 % it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4946 % manual for man page generation.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4947 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4948 % Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4949 % fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4950 % should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4951 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4952 {\catcode`\^^M=\active % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4953 \gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4954 \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4955 \def^^M{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4956 \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4957 \par % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4958 \else % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4959 \space \penalty 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4960 \fi % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4961 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4962 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4963 % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4964 \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4965 \let\comment = \c % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4966 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4967 % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4968 % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4969 \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4970 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4971 \copyingtext % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4972 \endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4973 } |
41418 | 4974 |
4975 \message{defuns,} | |
4976 % @defun etc. | |
4977 | |
4978 % Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4979 \def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} |
41418 | 4980 |
4981 \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in | |
4982 \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt | |
4983 \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt | |
4984 | |
4985 \newcount\parencount | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4986 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4987 % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4988 % |
41418 | 4989 \def\activeparens{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4990 \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4991 \catcode`\&=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4992 \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4993 } |
41418 | 4994 |
4995 % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. | |
4996 \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) | |
4997 | |
4998 {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) | |
4999 | |
5000 % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, | |
5001 % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, | |
5002 % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. | |
5003 \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen | |
5004 \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack | |
5005 | |
5006 \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } | |
5007 \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} | |
5008 % This is used to turn on special parens | |
5009 % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). | |
5010 \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} | |
5011 | |
5012 % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. | |
5013 % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. | |
5014 \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested | |
5015 \global\advance\parencount by 1 | |
5016 } | |
5017 % | |
5018 % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. | |
5019 \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } | |
5020 % | |
5021 \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. | |
5022 % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. | |
5023 \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi | |
5024 \global\advance \parencount by -1 } | |
5025 % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards | |
5026 \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } | |
5027 % | |
5028 \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} | |
5029 } % End of definition inside \activeparens | |
5030 %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the | |
5031 %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] | |
5032 \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } | |
5033 \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } | |
5034 \let\ampnr = \& | |
5035 \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} | |
5036 \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} | |
5037 | |
5038 % Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. | |
5039 { | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5040 \catcode`& = \active |
41418 | 5041 \global\let& = \ampnr |
5042 } | |
5043 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5044 % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5045 % #1 is the function name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5046 % #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function". |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5047 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5048 \def\defname#1#2{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5049 % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5050 % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5051 % just below it. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5052 \ifempty{#2}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5053 \def\defnametype{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5054 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5055 \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5056 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5057 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5058 % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5059 \dimen2=\leftskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5060 \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5061 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5062 % Figure out values for the paragraph shape. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5063 \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5064 \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5065 \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5066 \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5067 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5068 % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5069 % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5070 \noindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5071 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5072 {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5073 % so that \rightline will obey them. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5074 \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5075 \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5076 \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5077 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5078 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5079 % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5080 \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5081 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5082 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5083 {\df #1}\enskip % output function name |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5084 % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5085 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5087 % Common pieces to start any @def... |
41418 | 5088 % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5089 % #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5090 % #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5091 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5092 \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5093 \begingroup\inENV |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5094 % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5095 % which is there to keep the function description together with its |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5096 % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5097 % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5098 % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5099 % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5100 % between a section heading and a defun. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5101 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi |
41418 | 5102 \medbreak |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5103 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5104 % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5105 % so that it will exit this group. |
41418 | 5106 \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5107 % |
41418 | 5108 \parindent=0in |
5109 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent | |
5110 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5111 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5112 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5113 % Common part of the \...x definitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5114 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5115 \def\defxbodycommon{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5116 % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5117 % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5118 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5119 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5120 \begingroup\obeylines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5121 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5122 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5123 % Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5124 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5125 \def\defparsebody#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5126 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5127 \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5128 \catcode\equalChar=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5129 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5130 \spacesplit#3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5131 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5132 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5133 % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5134 % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5135 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5136 \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5137 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5138 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5139 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5140 % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5141 % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5142 % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5143 % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5144 \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5145 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5146 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5147 % Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5148 % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5149 % #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5150 % #5 is the method's return type. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5151 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5152 \def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5153 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5154 \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5155 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5156 \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5157 } |
41418 | 5158 |
5159 % Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an | |
5160 % extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it | |
5161 % being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have | |
5162 % to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the | |
5163 % input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for | |
5164 % the \E... definition to assign the category name to. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
5165 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5166 \def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5167 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5168 \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5169 \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5170 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5171 \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5172 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5173 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5174 % For @defop. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5175 \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5176 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5177 \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5178 \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5179 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5180 \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5181 } |
41418 | 5182 |
5183 % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones | |
5184 % except that they do not make parens into active characters. | |
5185 % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5186 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5187 \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5188 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5189 \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5190 \catcode\equalChar=\active |
41418 | 5191 \begingroup\obeylines |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5192 \spacesplit#3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5193 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5194 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5195 % @defopvar. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5196 \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5197 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5198 \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5199 \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5200 \begingroup\obeylines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5201 \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% |
41418 | 5202 } |
5203 | |
5204 \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% | |
5205 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5206 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5207 \begingroup\obeylines |
41418 | 5208 \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% |
5209 } | |
5210 | |
5211 % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the | |
5212 % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct | |
5213 % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. | |
5214 % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody | |
5215 % | |
5216 % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That | |
5217 % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and | |
5218 % won't strip off the braces. | |
5219 % | |
5220 \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% | |
5221 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5222 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5223 \begingroup\obeylines |
41418 | 5224 \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty |
5225 } | |
5226 | |
5227 % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the | |
5228 % braces (if any). That's what this does. | |
5229 % | |
5230 \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} | |
5231 | |
5232 % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final | |
5233 % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 | |
5234 % (which might be empty) the arguments. | |
5235 % | |
5236 \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% | |
5237 #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% | |
5238 }% | |
5239 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5240 % Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token. |
41418 | 5241 % call #1 with two arguments: |
5242 % the first is all of #2 before the space token, | |
5243 % the second is all of #2 after that space token. | |
5244 % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg | |
5245 % and the second is passed as empty. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5246 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5247 {\obeylines % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5248 \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5249 \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5250 \ifx\relax #3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5251 #1{#2}{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5252 \else % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5253 #1{#2}{#3#4}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5254 \fi}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5255 } |
41418 | 5256 |
5257 % Define @defun. | |
5258 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5259 % This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5260 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5261 \def\defargscommonending{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5262 \interlinepenalty = 10000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5263 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5264 \endgraf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5265 \nobreak\vskip -\parskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5266 \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5267 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5268 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5269 % This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5270 % |
41418 | 5271 \def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl |
5272 % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. | |
5273 % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. | |
5274 % Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. | |
5275 {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% | |
5276 #1% | |
5277 {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% | |
5278 \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5279 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5280 } |
5281 | |
5282 \def\deftypefunargs #1{% | |
5283 % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. | |
5284 % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. | |
5285 % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. | |
5286 \boldbraxnoamp | |
5287 \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5288 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5289 } |
5290 | |
5291 % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. | |
5292 | |
5293 % @deffn Command forward-char nchars | |
5294 | |
5295 \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} | |
5296 | |
5297 \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% | |
5298 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5299 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5300 } |
5301 | |
5302 % @defun == @deffn Function | |
5303 | |
5304 \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} | |
5305 | |
5306 \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5307 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% | |
5308 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5309 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5310 } |
5311 | |
5312 % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) | |
5313 | |
5314 \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} | |
5315 | |
5316 % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. | |
5317 \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} | |
5318 % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. | |
5319 \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% | |
5320 \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5321 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% |
41418 | 5322 \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5323 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5324 } |
5325 | |
5326 % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) | |
5327 | |
5328 \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} | |
5329 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5330 % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$ |
41418 | 5331 % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5332 \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} |
41418 | 5333 |
5334 % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. | |
5335 \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} | |
5336 % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. | |
5337 \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% | |
5338 \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index | |
5339 \begingroup | |
5340 \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents | |
5341 % at least some C++ text from working | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5342 \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}% |
41418 | 5343 \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5344 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5345 } |
5346 | |
5347 % @defmac == @deffn Macro | |
5348 | |
5349 \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} | |
5350 | |
5351 \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5352 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% | |
5353 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5354 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5355 } |
5356 | |
5357 % @defspec == @deffn Special Form | |
5358 | |
5359 \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} | |
5360 | |
5361 \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5362 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% | |
5363 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5364 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5365 } |
5366 | |
5367 % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... | |
5368 % | |
5369 \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% | |
5370 \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} | |
5371 % | |
5372 \def\defopheader#1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5373 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5374 \begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5375 \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5376 \defunargs{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5377 \endgroup |
41418 | 5378 } |
5379 | |
5380 % @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... | |
5381 % | |
5382 \def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% | |
5383 \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader | |
5384 \deftypeopcategory} | |
5385 % | |
5386 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. | |
5387 \def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% | |
5388 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5389 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5390 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} |
41418 | 5391 {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% |
5392 \deftypefunargs{#4}% | |
5393 \endgroup | |
5394 } | |
5395 | |
5396 % @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... | |
5397 % | |
5398 \def\deftypemethod{% | |
5399 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} | |
5400 % | |
5401 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. | |
5402 \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% | |
5403 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5404 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5405 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% |
41418 | 5406 \deftypefunargs{#4}% |
5407 \endgroup | |
5408 } | |
5409 | |
5410 % @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME | |
5411 % | |
5412 \def\deftypeivar{% | |
5413 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} | |
5414 % | |
5415 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. | |
5416 \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% | |
5417 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index | |
5418 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5419 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} |
41418 | 5420 {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% |
5421 \defvarargs{#3}% | |
5422 \endgroup | |
5423 } | |
5424 | |
5425 % @defmethod == @defop Method | |
5426 % | |
5427 \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} | |
5428 % | |
5429 % #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. | |
5430 \def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% | |
5431 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5432 \begingroup | |
5433 \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% | |
5434 \defunargs{#3}% | |
5435 \endgroup | |
5436 } | |
5437 | |
5438 % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag | |
5439 | |
5440 \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% | |
5441 \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} | |
5442 | |
5443 \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5444 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5445 \begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5446 \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5447 \defvarargs{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5448 \endgroup |
41418 | 5449 } |
5450 | |
5451 % @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME | |
5452 % | |
5453 \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} | |
5454 % | |
5455 \def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5456 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index |
41418 | 5457 \begingroup |
5458 \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% | |
5459 \defvarargs{#3}% | |
5460 \endgroup | |
5461 } | |
5462 | |
5463 % @defvar | |
5464 % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. | |
5465 % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. | |
5466 % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up | |
5467 \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5468 \defargscommonending |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5469 } |
41418 | 5470 |
5471 % @defvr Counter foo-count | |
5472 | |
5473 \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} | |
5474 | |
5475 \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% | |
5476 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} | |
5477 | |
5478 % @defvar == @defvr Variable | |
5479 | |
5480 \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} | |
5481 | |
5482 \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index | |
5483 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% | |
5484 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
5485 } | |
5486 | |
5487 % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} | |
5488 | |
5489 \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} | |
5490 | |
5491 \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index | |
5492 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% | |
5493 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
5494 } | |
5495 | |
5496 % @deftypevar int foobar | |
5497 | |
5498 \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} | |
5499 | |
5500 % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that | |
5501 % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. | |
5502 \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% | |
5503 \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5504 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5505 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5506 \endgroup} |
5507 \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} | |
5508 | |
5509 % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable | |
5510 | |
5511 \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} | |
5512 | |
5513 \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5514 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5515 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5516 \endgroup} |
5517 | |
5518 % Now define @deftp | |
5519 % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. | |
5520 | |
5521 \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} | |
5522 | |
5523 % @deftp Class window height width ... | |
5524 | |
5525 \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} | |
5526 | |
5527 \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% | |
5528 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} | |
5529 | |
5530 % These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) | |
5531 % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
5532 % |
41418 | 5533 \def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} |
5534 \def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} | |
5535 \def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} | |
5536 \def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} | |
5537 \def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} | |
5538 \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} | |
5539 \def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} | |
5540 \def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} | |
5541 \def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} | |
5542 \def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} | |
5543 \def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} | |
5544 \def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} | |
5545 \def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} | |
5546 \def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} | |
5547 \def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} | |
5548 \def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} | |
5549 \def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} | |
5550 \def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} | |
5551 \def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} | |
5552 | |
5553 | |
5554 \message{macros,} | |
5555 % @macro. | |
5556 | |
5557 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, | |
5558 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. | |
5559 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined | |
5560 \newwrite\macscribble | |
5561 \def\scanmacro#1{% | |
5562 \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M | |
5563 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5564 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ |
41418 | 5565 % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. |
5566 \toks0={#1\endinput}% | |
5567 \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp | |
5568 \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% | |
5569 \immediate\closeout\macscribble | |
5570 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces | |
5571 \input \jobname.tmp | |
5572 \endgroup | |
5573 } | |
5574 \else | |
5575 \def\scanmacro#1{% | |
5576 \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M | |
5577 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5578 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ |
41418 | 5579 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} |
5580 \fi | |
5581 | |
5582 \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters | |
5583 \newtoks\macname % Macro name | |
5584 \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? | |
5585 \def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form | |
5586 % \do\macro1\do\macro2... | |
5587 | |
5588 % Utility routines. | |
5589 % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. | |
5590 \def\cslet#1#2{% | |
5591 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5592 \expandafter\let | |
5593 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5594 \csname#1\endcsname | |
5595 \csname#2\endcsname} | |
5596 | |
5597 % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. | |
5598 % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). | |
5599 {\catcode`\@=11 | |
5600 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} | |
5601 \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} | |
5602 \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} | |
5603 \def\unbrace#1{#1} | |
5604 \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} | |
5605 } | |
5606 | |
5607 % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5608 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% |
41418 | 5609 \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% |
5610 \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% | |
5611 \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% | |
5612 } | |
5613 | |
5614 % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where | |
5615 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active | |
5616 % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. | |
5617 | |
5618 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is | |
5619 % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro | |
5620 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. | |
5621 | |
5622 \def\macrobodyctxt{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5623 \catcode`\~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5624 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5625 \catcode`\_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5626 \catcode`\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5627 \catcode`\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5628 \catcode`\>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5629 \catcode`\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5630 \catcode`\{=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5631 \catcode`\}=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5632 \catcode`\@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5633 \catcode`\^^M=\other |
41418 | 5634 \usembodybackslash} |
5635 | |
5636 \def\macroargctxt{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5637 \catcode`\~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5638 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5639 \catcode`\_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5640 \catcode`\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5641 \catcode`\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5642 \catcode`\>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5643 \catcode`\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5644 \catcode`\@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5645 \catcode`\\=\other} |
41418 | 5646 |
5647 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. | |
5648 % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N | |
5649 % where N is the macro parameter number. | |
5650 % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so | |
5651 % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. | |
5652 | |
5653 {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active | |
5654 @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} | |
5655 @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} | |
5656 } | |
5657 \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} | |
5658 | |
5659 \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} | |
5660 \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} | |
5661 | |
5662 \def\macroxxx#1{% | |
5663 \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist | |
5664 \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments | |
5665 \paramno=0% | |
5666 \else | |
5667 \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% | |
5668 \fi | |
5669 \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname | |
5670 \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% | |
5671 \else | |
5672 \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5673 \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi |
41418 | 5674 \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% |
5675 \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% | |
5676 % Add the macroname to \macrolist | |
5677 \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% | |
5678 \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 | |
5679 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% | |
5680 \fi | |
5681 \begingroup \macrobodyctxt | |
5682 \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody | |
5683 \else \expandafter\parsemacbody | |
5684 \fi} | |
5685 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5686 \def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5687 \def\dounmacro#1{% |
41418 | 5688 \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname |
5689 \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% | |
5690 \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5691 % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: |
41418 | 5692 \begingroup |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5693 \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5694 \let\do\unmacrodo |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5695 \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% |
41418 | 5696 \endgroup |
5697 \else | |
5698 \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% | |
5699 \fi | |
5700 } | |
5701 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5702 % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5703 % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5704 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5705 \def\unmacrodo#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5706 \ifx#1\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5707 % remove this |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5708 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5709 \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5710 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5711 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5712 |
41418 | 5713 % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a |
5714 % <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by | |
5715 % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. | |
5716 \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} | |
5717 \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} | |
5718 \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} | |
5719 \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} | |
5720 | |
5721 % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist | |
5722 % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah | |
5723 % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. | |
5724 % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). | |
5725 | |
5726 % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. | |
5727 % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something | |
5728 % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine | |
5729 % it to # just before using the token list produced. | |
5730 % | |
5731 % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before | |
5732 % the macro is used. | |
5733 | |
5734 \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% | |
5735 \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} | |
5736 \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% | |
5737 \if#1;\let\next=\relax | |
5738 \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx | |
5739 \advance\paramno by 1% | |
5740 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname | |
5741 {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% | |
5742 \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% | |
5743 \fi\next} | |
5744 | |
5745 % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. | |
5746 % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) | |
5747 | |
5748 \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% | |
5749 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% | |
5750 \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% | |
5751 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% | |
5752 | |
5753 % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and | |
5754 % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. | |
5755 % Much magic with \expandafter here. | |
5756 % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file | |
5757 % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. | |
5758 \def\defmacro{% | |
5759 \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars | |
5760 \ifrecursive | |
5761 \ifcase\paramno | |
5762 % 0 | |
5763 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5764 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5765 \or % 1 | |
5766 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5767 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5768 \noexpand\braceorline | |
5769 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% | |
5770 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% | |
5771 \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5772 \else % many | |
5773 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5774 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5775 \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% | |
5776 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% | |
5777 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% | |
5778 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5779 \expandafter\xdef | |
5780 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5781 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname | |
5782 \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5783 \fi | |
5784 \else | |
5785 \ifcase\paramno | |
5786 % 0 | |
5787 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5788 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5789 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5790 \or % 1 | |
5791 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5792 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5793 \noexpand\braceorline | |
5794 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% | |
5795 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% | |
5796 \egroup | |
5797 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5798 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5799 \else % many | |
5800 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5801 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5802 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% | |
5803 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% | |
5804 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% | |
5805 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5806 \expandafter\xdef | |
5807 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5808 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname | |
5809 \paramlist{% | |
5810 \egroup | |
5811 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5812 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5813 \fi | |
5814 \fi} | |
5815 | |
5816 \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} | |
5817 | |
5818 % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a | |
5819 % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole | |
5820 % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence | |
5821 % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) | |
5822 \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} | |
5823 \def\braceorlinexxx{% | |
5824 \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else | |
5825 \expandafter\parsearg | |
5826 \fi \next} | |
5827 | |
5828 % We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not | |
5829 % expanded by \write. | |
5830 \def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% | |
5831 \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} | |
5832 | |
5833 | |
5834 % @alias. | |
5835 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal | |
5836 % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. | |
5837 \def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} | |
5838 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} | |
5839 \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces | |
5840 \edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% | |
5841 \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% | |
5842 \expandafter\endgroup\next} | |
5843 | |
5844 | |
5845 \message{cross references,} | |
5846 % @xref etc. | |
5847 | |
5848 \newwrite\auxfile | |
5849 | |
5850 \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. | |
5851 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. | |
5852 | |
5853 % @inforef is relatively simple. | |
5854 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} | |
5855 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, | |
5856 node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} | |
5857 | |
5858 % @node's job is to define \lastnode. | |
5859 \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5860 \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5861 \def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} |
41418 | 5862 \let\nwnode=\node |
5863 \let\lastnode=\relax | |
5864 | |
5865 % The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. | |
5866 \def\donoderef{% | |
5867 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5868 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% | |
5869 {Ysectionnumberandtype}% | |
5870 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5871 \fi | |
5872 } | |
5873 \def\unnumbnoderef{% | |
5874 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5875 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% | |
5876 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5877 \fi | |
5878 } | |
5879 \def\appendixnoderef{% | |
5880 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5881 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% | |
5882 {Yappendixletterandtype}% | |
5883 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5884 \fi | |
5885 } | |
5886 | |
5887 | |
5888 % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. | |
5889 % | |
5890 \newcount\savesfregister | |
5891 \gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} | |
5892 \gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} | |
5893 \gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} | |
5894 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5895 % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5896 % anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name), |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5897 % NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5898 % Called from \foonoderef. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5899 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5900 % We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5901 % title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5902 % the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5903 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5904 % Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5905 % and backslash work in node names. |
41418 | 5906 % |
5907 \def\setref#1#2{{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5908 \atdummies |
41418 | 5909 \pdfmkdest{#1}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5910 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5911 \turnoffactive |
41418 | 5912 \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% |
5913 \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% | |
5914 \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% | |
5915 }} | |
5916 | |
5917 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is | |
5918 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed | |
5919 % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed | |
5920 % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. | |
5921 % | |
5922 \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5923 \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5924 \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5925 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup | |
5926 \unsepspaces | |
5927 \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% | |
5928 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% | |
5929 \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% | |
5930 \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% | |
5931 \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt | |
5932 % No printed node name was explicitly given. | |
5933 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax | |
5934 % Use the node name inside the square brackets. | |
5935 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5936 \else | |
5937 % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside | |
5938 % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. | |
5939 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt | |
5940 % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. | |
5941 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5942 \else | |
5943 \ifhavexrefs | |
5944 % We know the real title if we have the xref values. | |
5945 \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% | |
5946 \else | |
5947 % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. | |
5948 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5949 \fi% | |
5950 \fi | |
5951 \fi | |
5952 \fi | |
5953 % | |
5954 % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not | |
5955 % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will | |
5956 % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals | |
5957 % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this | |
5958 % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it | |
5959 % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. | |
5960 \ifpdf | |
5961 \leavevmode | |
5962 \getfilename{#4}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5963 {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5964 \ifnum\filenamelength>0 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5965 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5966 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5967 \else |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5968 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5969 goto name{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5970 \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5971 }% |
41418 | 5972 \linkcolor |
5973 \fi | |
5974 % | |
5975 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt | |
5976 \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% | |
5977 \else | |
5978 % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the | |
5979 % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand | |
5980 % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of | |
5981 % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the | |
5982 % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5983 {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash |
41418 | 5984 % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for |
5985 % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. | |
5986 \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% | |
5987 \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi | |
5988 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5989 % output the `[mynode]' via a macro. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5990 \xrefprintnodename\printednodename |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5991 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5992 % But we always want a comma and a space: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5993 ,\space |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5994 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5995 % output the `page 3'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5996 \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% |
41418 | 5997 \fi |
5998 \endlink | |
5999 \endgroup} | |
6000 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6001 % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6002 % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6003 % since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6004 % one that Bob is working on :). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6005 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6006 \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6007 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6008 % \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6009 % |
41418 | 6010 \def\dosetq#1#2{% |
6011 {\let\folio=0% | |
6012 \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6013 \iflinks \next \fi |
41418 | 6014 }% |
6015 } | |
6016 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6017 % \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6018 % CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6019 \def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6020 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6021 % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6022 % |
41418 | 6023 \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} |
6024 \def\Ytitle{\thissection} | |
6025 \def\Ynothing{} | |
6026 \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6027 \ifnum\secno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6028 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6029 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6030 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6031 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6032 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6033 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6034 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6035 \fi\fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6036 } |
41418 | 6037 |
6038 \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6039 \ifnum\secno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6040 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6041 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6042 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6043 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6044 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6045 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6046 \putwordSection@tie |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6047 @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6048 \fi\fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6049 } |
41418 | 6050 |
6051 % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error | |
6052 % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. | |
6053 % | |
6054 \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6055 \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. |
41418 | 6056 \else |
6057 \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} | |
6058 \fi | |
6059 | |
6060 % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. | |
6061 % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6062 % |
41418 | 6063 \def\refx#1#2{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6064 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6065 \indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6066 \otherbackslash |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6067 \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6068 \csname X#1\endcsname |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6069 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6070 \ifx\thisrefX\relax |
41418 | 6071 % If not defined, say something at least. |
6072 \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright | |
6073 \iflinks | |
6074 \ifhavexrefs | |
6075 \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% | |
6076 \else | |
6077 \ifwarnedxrefs\else | |
6078 \global\warnedxrefstrue | |
6079 \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% | |
6080 \fi | |
6081 \fi | |
6082 \fi | |
6083 \else | |
6084 % It's defined, so just use it. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6085 \thisrefX |
41418 | 6086 \fi |
6087 #2% Output the suffix in any case. | |
6088 } | |
6089 | |
6090 % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. | |
6091 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6092 \def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname} |
41418 | 6093 |
6094 % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. | |
6095 \def\readauxfile{\begingroup | |
6096 \catcode`\^^@=\other | |
6097 \catcode`\^^A=\other | |
6098 \catcode`\^^B=\other | |
6099 \catcode`\^^C=\other | |
6100 \catcode`\^^D=\other | |
6101 \catcode`\^^E=\other | |
6102 \catcode`\^^F=\other | |
6103 \catcode`\^^G=\other | |
6104 \catcode`\^^H=\other | |
6105 \catcode`\^^K=\other | |
6106 \catcode`\^^L=\other | |
6107 \catcode`\^^N=\other | |
6108 \catcode`\^^P=\other | |
6109 \catcode`\^^Q=\other | |
6110 \catcode`\^^R=\other | |
6111 \catcode`\^^S=\other | |
6112 \catcode`\^^T=\other | |
6113 \catcode`\^^U=\other | |
6114 \catcode`\^^V=\other | |
6115 \catcode`\^^W=\other | |
6116 \catcode`\^^X=\other | |
6117 \catcode`\^^Z=\other | |
6118 \catcode`\^^[=\other | |
6119 \catcode`\^^\=\other | |
6120 \catcode`\^^]=\other | |
6121 \catcode`\^^^=\other | |
6122 \catcode`\^^_=\other | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6123 % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. |
41418 | 6124 % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't |
6125 % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, | |
6126 % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ | |
6127 % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat | |
6128 % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first | |
6129 % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could | |
6130 % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. | |
6131 % | |
6132 % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: | |
6133 % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter | |
6134 % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. | |
6135 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6136 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6137 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6138 % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... |
41418 | 6139 \catcode`\~=\other |
6140 \catcode`\[=\other | |
6141 \catcode`\]=\other | |
6142 \catcode`\"=\other | |
6143 \catcode`\_=\other | |
6144 \catcode`\|=\other | |
6145 \catcode`\<=\other | |
6146 \catcode`\>=\other | |
6147 \catcode`\$=\other | |
6148 \catcode`\#=\other | |
6149 \catcode`\&=\other | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6150 \catcode`\%=\other |
41418 | 6151 \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6152 % |
41418 | 6153 % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters |
6154 {% | |
6155 \count 1=128 | |
6156 \def\loop{% | |
6157 \catcode\count 1=\other | |
6158 \advance\count 1 by 1 | |
6159 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi | |
6160 }% | |
6161 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6162 % |
41418 | 6163 % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on |
6164 % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6165 % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ |
41418 | 6166 % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, |
6167 % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6168 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6169 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6170 % @ is our escape character in .aux files. |
41418 | 6171 \catcode`\{=1 |
6172 \catcode`\}=2 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6173 \catcode`\@=0 |
41418 | 6174 % |
6175 \openin 1 \jobname.aux | |
6176 \ifeof 1 \else | |
6177 \closein 1 | |
6178 \input \jobname.aux | |
6179 \global\havexrefstrue | |
6180 \global\warnedobstrue | |
6181 \fi | |
6182 % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. | |
6183 \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux | |
6184 \endgroup} | |
6185 | |
6186 | |
6187 % Footnotes. | |
6188 | |
6189 \newcount \footnoteno | |
6190 | |
6191 % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is | |
6192 % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a | |
6193 % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is | |
6194 % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a | |
6195 % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) | |
6196 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } | |
6197 | |
6198 % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. | |
6199 \let\footnotestyle=\comment | |
6200 | |
6201 \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote | |
6202 | |
6203 {\catcode `\@=11 | |
6204 % | |
6205 % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. | |
6206 \gdef\footnote{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6207 \let\indent=\ptexindent |
41418 | 6208 \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne |
6209 \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% | |
6210 % | |
6211 % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the | |
6212 % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. | |
6213 \let\@sf\empty | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6214 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi |
41418 | 6215 % |
6216 % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. | |
6217 \unskip | |
6218 \thisfootno\@sf | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6219 \dofootnote |
41418 | 6220 }% |
6221 | |
6222 % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the | |
6223 % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. | |
6224 % | |
6225 % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses | |
6226 % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when | |
6227 % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. | |
6228 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6229 % The start of the footnote looks usually like this: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6230 \gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6231 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6232 % ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6233 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6234 \gdef\dofootnote{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6235 \startfootins |
41418 | 6236 % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the |
6237 % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. | |
6238 % So reset some parameters. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6239 \hsize=\pagewidth |
41418 | 6240 \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty |
6241 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes | |
6242 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox | |
6243 \floatingpenalty\@MM | |
6244 \leftskip\z@skip | |
6245 \rightskip\z@skip | |
6246 \spaceskip\z@skip | |
6247 \xspaceskip\z@skip | |
6248 \parindent\defaultparindent | |
6249 % | |
6250 \smallfonts \rm | |
6251 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6252 % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6253 % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6254 % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6255 % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6256 \let\noindent = \relax |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6257 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6258 % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6259 % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6260 \everypar = {\hang}% |
41418 | 6261 \textindent{\thisfootno}% |
6262 % | |
6263 % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this | |
6264 % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it | |
6265 % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. | |
6266 \footstrut | |
6267 \futurelet\next\fo@t | |
6268 } | |
6269 }%end \catcode `\@=11 | |
6270 | |
6271 % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should | |
6272 % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the | |
6273 % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would | |
6274 % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main | |
6275 % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). | |
6276 % | |
6277 \def\|{% | |
6278 % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. | |
6279 \leavevmode | |
6280 % | |
6281 % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. | |
6282 \vadjust{% | |
6283 % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current | |
6284 % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. | |
6285 \vskip-\baselineskip | |
6286 % | |
6287 % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So | |
6288 % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. | |
6289 \llap{% | |
6290 % | |
6291 % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. | |
6292 \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt | |
6293 % | |
6294 % This is the space between the bar and the text. | |
6295 \hskip 12pt | |
6296 }% | |
6297 }% | |
6298 } | |
6299 | |
6300 % For a final copy, take out the rectangles | |
6301 % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided | |
6302 % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). | |
6303 % | |
6304 \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} | |
6305 | |
6306 % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. | |
6307 % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. | |
6308 % | |
6309 % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image | |
6310 % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get | |
6311 % undone and the next image would fail. | |
6312 \openin 1 = epsf.tex | |
6313 \ifeof 1 \else | |
6314 \closein 1 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6315 % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6316 % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). |
41418 | 6317 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% |
6318 \input epsf.tex | |
6319 \fi | |
6320 % | |
6321 % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. | |
6322 \newif\ifwarnednoepsf | |
6323 \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to | |
6324 work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get | |
6325 it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} | |
6326 % | |
6327 \def\image#1{% | |
6328 \ifx\epsfbox\undefined | |
6329 \ifwarnednoepsf \else | |
6330 \errhelp = \noepsfhelp | |
6331 \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% | |
6332 \global\warnednoepsftrue | |
6333 \fi | |
6334 \else | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6335 \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish |
41418 | 6336 \fi |
6337 } | |
6338 % | |
6339 % Arguments to @image: | |
6340 % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. | |
6341 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6342 % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6343 % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6344 % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6345 \newif\ifimagevmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6346 \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6347 \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6348 \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6349 % If the image is by itself, center it. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6350 \ifvmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6351 \imagevmodetrue |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6352 \nobreak\bigskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6353 % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6354 % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
6355 % above and below. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6356 \nobreak\vskip\parskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6357 \nobreak |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6358 \line\bgroup\hss |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6359 \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6360 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6361 % Output the image. |
41418 | 6362 \ifpdf |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6363 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
41418 | 6364 \else |
6365 % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. | |
6366 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi | |
6367 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6368 \epsfbox{#1.eps}% |
41418 | 6369 \fi |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6370 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6371 \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6372 \endgroup} |
41418 | 6373 |
6374 | |
6375 \message{localization,} | |
6376 % and i18n. | |
6377 | |
6378 % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after | |
6379 % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything | |
6380 % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. | |
6381 % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. | |
6382 % | |
6383 \def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} | |
6384 \def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% | |
6385 \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. | |
6386 % Read the file if it exists. | |
6387 \openin 1 txi-#1.tex | |
6388 \ifeof1 | |
6389 \errhelp = \nolanghelp | |
6390 \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% | |
6391 \let\temp = \relax | |
6392 \else | |
6393 \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% | |
6394 \fi | |
6395 \temp | |
6396 \endgroup | |
6397 } | |
6398 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or | |
6399 is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory | |
6400 should work if nowhere else does.} | |
6401 | |
6402 | |
6403 % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most | |
6404 % likely, but for now just recognize it. | |
6405 \let\documentencoding = \comment | |
6406 | |
6407 | |
6408 % Page size parameters. | |
6409 % | |
6410 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt | |
6411 | |
6412 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt | |
6413 \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt | |
6414 \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt | |
6415 | |
6416 % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. | |
6417 \vbadness = 10000 | |
6418 | |
6419 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. | |
6420 \hbadness = 2000 | |
6421 | |
6422 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. | |
6423 \widowpenalty=10000 | |
6424 \clubpenalty=10000 | |
6425 | |
6426 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're | |
6427 % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of | |
6428 % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on | |
6429 % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. | |
6430 % | |
6431 \def\setemergencystretch{% | |
6432 \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined | |
6433 % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. | |
6434 \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% | |
6435 \else | |
6436 \emergencystretch = .15\hsize | |
6437 \fi | |
6438 } | |
6439 | |
6440 % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6441 % 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6442 % physical page width. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6443 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6444 % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6445 % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6446 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6447 \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% |
41418 | 6448 \voffset = #3\relax |
6449 \topskip = #6\relax | |
6450 \splittopskip = \topskip | |
6451 % | |
6452 \vsize = #1\relax | |
6453 \advance\vsize by \topskip | |
6454 \outervsize = \vsize | |
6455 \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin | |
6456 \pageheight = \vsize | |
6457 % | |
6458 \hsize = #2\relax | |
6459 \outerhsize = \hsize | |
6460 \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in | |
6461 \pagewidth = \hsize | |
6462 % | |
6463 \normaloffset = #4\relax | |
6464 \bindingoffset = #5\relax | |
6465 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6466 \ifpdf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6467 \pdfpageheight #7\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6468 \pdfpagewidth #8\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6469 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6470 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6471 \setleading{\textleading} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6472 % |
41418 | 6473 \parindent = \defaultparindent |
6474 \setemergencystretch | |
6475 } | |
6476 | |
6477 % @letterpaper (the default). | |
6478 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6479 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6480 \textleading = 13.2pt |
41418 | 6481 % |
6482 % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6483 \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6484 {\voffset}{.25in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6485 {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6486 {11in}{8.5in}% |
41418 | 6487 }} |
6488 | |
6489 % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. | |
6490 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6491 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6492 \textleading = 12pt |
41418 | 6493 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6494 \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6495 {\voffset}{.25in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6496 {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6497 {9.25in}{7in}% |
41418 | 6498 % |
6499 \lispnarrowing = 0.3in | |
6500 \tolerance = 700 | |
6501 \hfuzz = 1pt | |
6502 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt | |
6503 \defbodyindent = .5cm | |
6504 }} | |
6505 | |
6506 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. | |
6507 \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6508 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6509 \textleading = 13.2pt |
41418 | 6510 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6511 % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6512 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6513 % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6514 % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6515 % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6516 % your texinfo source file like this: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6517 % @tex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6518 % \global\normaloffset = -6mm |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6519 % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6520 % @end tex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6521 \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6522 {\voffset}{\hoffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6523 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6524 {297mm}{210mm}% |
41418 | 6525 % |
6526 \tolerance = 700 | |
6527 \hfuzz = 1pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6528 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6529 \defbodyindent = 5mm |
41418 | 6530 }} |
6531 | |
6532 % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. | |
6533 % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. | |
6534 % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. | |
6535 \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6536 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6537 \textleading = 12.5pt |
41418 | 6538 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6539 \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6540 {\voffset}{\hoffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6541 {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6542 {210mm}{148mm}% |
41418 | 6543 % |
6544 \lispnarrowing = 0.2in | |
6545 \tolerance = 800 | |
6546 \hfuzz = 1.2pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6547 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt |
41418 | 6548 \defbodyindent = 2mm |
6549 \tableindent = 12mm | |
6550 }} | |
6551 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6552 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. |
41418 | 6553 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6554 \afourpaper |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6555 \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6556 {\voffset}{4.6mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6557 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6558 {297mm}{210mm}% |
41418 | 6559 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6560 % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. |
41418 | 6561 \globaldefs = 0 |
6562 }} | |
6563 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6564 % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6565 \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 |
41418 | 6566 \afourpaper |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6567 \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6568 {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6569 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6570 {297mm}{210mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6571 \globaldefs = 0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6572 }} |
41418 | 6573 |
6574 % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] | |
6575 % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, | |
6576 % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. | |
6577 % | |
6578 \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} | |
6579 \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} | |
6580 \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% | |
6581 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi | |
6582 \globaldefs = 1 | |
6583 % | |
6584 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6585 \setleading{\textleading}% |
41418 | 6586 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6587 \dimen0 = #1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6588 \advance\dimen0 by \voffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6589 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6590 \dimen2 = \hsize |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6591 \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6592 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6593 \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6594 {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6595 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6596 {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% |
41418 | 6597 }} |
6598 | |
6599 % Set default to letter. | |
6600 % | |
6601 \letterpaper | |
6602 | |
6603 | |
6604 \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} | |
6605 | |
6606 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. | |
6607 \catcode`\"=\other | |
6608 \catcode`\~=\other | |
6609 \catcode`\^=\other | |
6610 \catcode`\_=\other | |
6611 \catcode`\|=\other | |
6612 \catcode`\<=\other | |
6613 \catcode`\>=\other | |
6614 \catcode`\+=\other | |
6615 \catcode`\$=\other | |
6616 \def\normaldoublequote{"} | |
6617 \def\normaltilde{~} | |
6618 \def\normalcaret{^} | |
6619 \def\normalunderscore{_} | |
6620 \def\normalverticalbar{|} | |
6621 \def\normalless{<} | |
6622 \def\normalgreater{>} | |
6623 \def\normalplus{+} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6624 \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix |
41418 | 6625 |
6626 % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont | |
6627 % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, | |
6628 % where something hairier probably needs to be done. | |
6629 % | |
6630 % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print | |
6631 % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero | |
6632 % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all | |
6633 % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. | |
6634 % | |
6635 \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} | |
6636 | |
6637 % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches | |
6638 % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from | |
6639 % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway | |
6640 % this is not a problem. | |
6641 \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} | |
6642 | |
6643 % Turn off all special characters except @ | |
6644 % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). | |
6645 % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can | |
6646 % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. | |
6647 | |
6648 \catcode`\"=\active | |
6649 \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} | |
6650 \let"=\activedoublequote | |
6651 \catcode`\~=\active | |
6652 \def~{{\tt\char126}} | |
6653 \chardef\hat=`\^ | |
6654 \catcode`\^=\active | |
6655 \def^{{\tt \hat}} | |
6656 | |
6657 \catcode`\_=\active | |
6658 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} | |
6659 % Subroutine for the previous macro. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6660 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } |
41418 | 6661 |
6662 \catcode`\|=\active | |
6663 \def|{{\tt\char124}} | |
6664 \chardef \less=`\< | |
6665 \catcode`\<=\active | |
6666 \def<{{\tt \less}} | |
6667 \chardef \gtr=`\> | |
6668 \catcode`\>=\active | |
6669 \def>{{\tt \gtr}} | |
6670 \catcode`\+=\active | |
6671 \def+{{\tt \char 43}} | |
6672 \catcode`\$=\active | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6673 \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix |
41418 | 6674 |
6675 % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. | |
6676 {\catcode`\==\active | |
6677 \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} | |
6678 | |
6679 \catcode`+=\active | |
6680 \catcode`\_=\active | |
6681 | |
6682 % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file | |
6683 % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. | |
6684 % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. | |
6685 % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. | |
6686 \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} | |
6687 | |
6688 \catcode`\@=0 | |
6689 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6690 % \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6691 % as in \char`\\. |
41418 | 6692 \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6693 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6694 % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6695 % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6696 % catcode other. |
41418 | 6697 {\catcode`\\=\active |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6698 @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6699 @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6700 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6701 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6702 % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6703 {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} |
41418 | 6704 |
6705 % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. | |
6706 \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} | |
6707 | |
6708 \catcode`\\=\active | |
6709 | |
6710 % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters | |
6711 % even after parsing them. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6712 @def@turnoffactive{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6713 @let"=@normaldoublequote |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6714 @let\=@realbackslash |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6715 @let~=@normaltilde |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6716 @let^=@normalcaret |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6717 @let_=@normalunderscore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6718 @let|=@normalverticalbar |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6719 @let<=@normalless |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6720 @let>=@normalgreater |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6721 @let+=@normalplus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6722 @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6723 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6724 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6725 % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6726 % the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6727 % effect.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6728 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6729 @def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} |
41418 | 6730 |
6731 % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. | |
6732 % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. | |
6733 @otherifyactive | |
6734 | |
6735 % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. | |
6736 % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing | |
6737 % a backslash. | |
6738 % | |
6739 @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} | |
6740 @global@let\ = @eatinput | |
6741 | |
6742 % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then | |
6743 % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix | |
6744 % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. | |
6745 % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input | |
6746 % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. | |
6747 % | |
6748 @gdef@fixbackslash{% | |
6749 @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi | |
6750 @catcode`+=@active | |
6751 @catcode`@_=@active | |
6752 } | |
6753 | |
6754 % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. | |
6755 @escapechar = `@@ | |
6756 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
6757 % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. |
41418 | 6758 @catcode`@& = @other |
6759 @catcode`@# = @other | |
6760 @catcode`@% = @other | |
6761 | |
6762 @c Set initial fonts. | |
6763 @textfonts | |
6764 @rm | |
6765 | |
6766 | |
6767 @c Local variables: | |
6768 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
6769 @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" | |
6770 @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" | |
6771 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" | |
6772 @c time-stamp-end: "}" | |
6773 @c End: | |
52401 | 6774 |
53451
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6775 @ignore |
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6776 arch-tag: 53261dd3-7df7-4ec3-9d90-af7a955d3c87 |
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6777 @end ignore |